Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

the+body+of+people

  • 61 authority

    o:'Ɵorəti
    plural - authorities; noun
    1) (the power or right to do something: He gave me authority to act on his behalf.) autoridad
    2) (a person who is an expert, or a book that can be referred to, on a particular subject: He is an authority on Roman history.) autoridad
    3) ((usually in plural) the person or people who have power in an administration etc: The authorities would not allow public meetings.) autoridades
    4) (a natural quality in a person which makes him able to control and influence people: a man of authority.) autoridad
    •
    - authoritative
    authority n autoridad
    tr[ɔː'ɵɒrɪtɪ]
    2 (permission) autorización nombre femenino, permiso
    3 (expert) autoridad nombre femenino, experto
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    to exercise one's authority ejercer la autoridad
    to have it on good authority that... saber de buena tinta que...
    the local authority el ayuntamiento
    authority [ə'ɵɔrət̬i, ɔ-] n, pl - ties
    1) expert: autoridad f ; experto m, -ta f
    2) power: autoridad f, poder m
    3) authorization: autorización f, licencia f
    4)
    the authorities : las autoridades fpl
    5)
    on good authority : de buena fuente
    n.
    • autoridad s.f.
    • férula s.f.
    • mando s.m.
    • potestad s.f.
    • suposición s.f.
    ə'θɔːrəti, ɔː'θɒrəti
    noun (pl - ties)
    1) u
    a) ( power) autoridad f

    those in authority — los que tienen la autoridad, los que mandan

    authority to + inf — autorización f para + inf

    c) ( authoritativeness) autoridad f
    2) c (person, body) autoridad f

    the proper authority o authorities — la(s) autoridad(es) competente(s)

    3) c
    a) ( expert)
    b) ( source) autoridad f

    to have something on good authority — saber* algo de buena fuente

    [ɔː'θɒrɪtɪ]
    N
    1) (=power) autoridad f

    who is in authority here? — ¿quién manda aquí?

    2) (=authorization)

    to give sb the authority to do sth — autorizar a algn a hacer algo, autorizar a algn para que haga algo

    to have authority to do sth — tener autoridad or estar autorizado para hacer algo

    3) (=official body) autoridad f
    health, local, regional
    4) (=expert) autoridad f
    5) (=expert opinion) autoridad f

    I have it on good authority that... — sé de buena fuente que...

    6) (=authoritativeness) autoridad f

    to speak with authority — hablar con autoridad or con conocimiento de causa

    * * *
    [ə'θɔːrəti, ɔː'θɒrəti]
    noun (pl - ties)
    1) u
    a) ( power) autoridad f

    those in authority — los que tienen la autoridad, los que mandan

    authority to + inf — autorización f para + inf

    c) ( authoritativeness) autoridad f
    2) c (person, body) autoridad f

    the proper authority o authorities — la(s) autoridad(es) competente(s)

    3) c
    a) ( expert)
    b) ( source) autoridad f

    to have something on good authority — saber* algo de buena fuente

    English-spanish dictionary > authority

  • 62 council

    1) (a group of people formed in order to advise etc: The King formed a council of wise men; the Council for Recreation.) råd
    2) (in the United Kingdom, a body of people elected to control the workings of local government in a county, region, district etc.) byråd; amtsråd
    •
    * * *
    1) (a group of people formed in order to advise etc: The King formed a council of wise men; the Council for Recreation.) råd
    2) (in the United Kingdom, a body of people elected to control the workings of local government in a county, region, district etc.) byråd; amtsråd
    •

    English-Danish dictionary > council

  • 63 lugar

    m.
    1 place.
    en algún lugar somewhere
    no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere
    vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs
    yo en tu lugar if I were you
    lugar de encuentro meeting place
    lugar de trabajo place of work
    2 place, town.
    las gentes del lugar the local people
    lugar de nacimiento place of birth
    3 position (post).
    en primer/segundo lugar in the first/second place, firstly/secondly
    4 room, space.
    aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here
    * * *
    1 (sitio, ciudad) place
    2 (posición, situación) place, position
    ■ ¿qué lugar ocupa en la empresa? what's her position in the company?
    3 (espacio) room, space
    \
    dar lugar a to give rise to
    dejar a alguien en mal lugar to make somebody look foolish, show somebody up
    en lugar de instead of
    fuera de lugar (descolocado) out of place 2 (inoportuno) inappropriate
    hacer lugar to make room
    no ha lugar la protesta objection overruled
    sin lugar a dudas undoubtedly
    tener lugar to take place
    lugar común commonplace
    * * *
    noun m.
    •
    - tener lugar
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=sitio) place

    • algún lugar — somewhere

    • los Santos Lugares — the Holy Places

    lugar común — cliché, commonplace

    composición 3)
    2) (=posición)
    a) [en lista, carrera, trabajo]

    • en primer lugar, se han clasificado en primer lugar — they have qualified in first place

    en primer lugar, me gustaría agradecer la invitación — first of all o firstly, I would like to thank you for inviting me

    b) (=situación)

    yo, en tu lugar, no iría — I wouldn't go if I were you

    en su lugar, ¡descanso! — (Mil) stand easy!

    • dejar a algn en buen/mal lugar — [comportamiento] to reflect well/badly on sb; [persona] to make sb look good/bad

    • estar fuera de lugar — to be out of place

    c)

    • en lugar de — instead of

    vino el portavoz en lugar del ministro — the spokesman came instead of the minister, the spokesman came in the minister's place

    ¿puedo asistir yo en su lugar? — can I go instead?

    en lugar de escribir, me llamó por teléfono — instead of writing, he called me

    en lugar de ir a la piscina, ¿por qué no vamos a la playa? — why don't we go to the beach instead of the swimming pool?

    3) (=ocasión) opportunity, chance

    • dar lugar a algo — to give rise to sth, lead to sth

    • dejar lugar a algo — to leave room for sth

    • sin lugar a dudas — without doubt, undoubtedly

    • no ha lugar, una reacción tan fuerte, francamente no ha lugar — there is no need for such a violent response

    -¡protesto! -no ha lugar — (Jur) "objection!" - "overruled"

    • tener lugar — to take place, happen, occur

    4) (=espacio) room, space

    ¿hay lugar? — is there any room?

    5) (=localidad) place

    En un lugar de la Mancha... — Somewhere in La Mancha...

    las gentes del lugar — the local people, the locals

    lugar de nacimiento — [gen] birthplace; [en impreso] place of birth

    * * *
    1) ( sitio) place
    2) (localidad, región)
    3)
    a) ( espacio libre) room

    hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

    b) ( asiento) seat
    4)
    a) ( situación) place

    yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

    b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

    se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

    5)

    dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

    6) (Der)

    en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

    •
    * * *
    = area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.
    Ex. The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.
    Ex. To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.
    Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.
    Ex. Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.
    Ex. The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.
    Ex. Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.
    Ex. There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.
    Ex. These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.
    ----
    * asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.
    * auxiliares de lugar = area table.
    * cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].
    * cambio de lugar = relocation.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.
    * colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.
    * colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar = put into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.
    * confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.
    * conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.
    * Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * de lugares más distantes = from further afield.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.
    * distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.
    * en lugar del accidente = at the scene.
    * en lugar de otro = vicariously.
    * en lugares cerrados = indoors.
    * en ningún lugar = nowhere.
    * en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].
    * en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.
    * en quinto lugar = fifthly.
    * en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.
    * en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.
    * en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.
    * en un lugar central = centrally located.
    * en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.
    * gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.
    * ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.
    * habitante del lugar = local, local resident.
    * hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * lugar acogedor = welcoming place.
    * lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.
    * lugar ameno = locus amoenus.
    * lugar atrasado = backwater.
    * lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.
    * lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.
    * lugar cultural = cultural site.
    * lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.
    * lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.
    * lugar de celebración = venue.
    * lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.
    * lugar de cita = meeting ground.
    * lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.
    * lugar de descanso = resting place.
    * lugar de diversión = playground.
    * lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.
    * lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.
    * lugar de honor = pride of place.
    * lugar de impresión = place of printing.
    * lugar de interés = attraction, sight.
    * lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.
    * lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.
    * lugar de origen = locality of origin.
    * lugar de parada = halting place.
    * lugar de pasto = feeding ground.
    * lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.
    * lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.
    * lugar de pruebas = test site.
    * lugar de publicación = place of publication.
    * lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.
    * lugar de residencia = place of residence.
    * lugar destacado = prime space.
    * lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.
    * lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.
    * lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.
    * lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.
    * lugar en la ordenación = filing position.
    * lugar escondido = secluded spot.
    * lugares de interés = sights.
    * lugar específico = niche.
    * lugar físico = physical place.
    * lugar frecuentado = hang out.
    * lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.
    * lugar interesante = hot spot.
    * lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.
    * lugar para comer = eating facility.
    * lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.
    * lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.
    * lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.
    * lugar público = public place.
    * lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.
    * lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.
    * lugar remoto = secluded spot.
    * lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.
    * lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.
    * lugar visible = prime space.
    * nombre de lugar = place name.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.
    * ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.
    * ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.
    * ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.
    * ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.
    * ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.
    * ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.
    * ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.
    * ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.
    * ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * primer lugar de consulta = first stop.
    * que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * residente del lugar = local resident.
    * sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.
    * situado en primer lugar = top-rated.
    * situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).
    * UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.
    * variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.
    * visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.
    * zona central de un lugar = heartland.
    * * *
    1) ( sitio) place
    2) (localidad, región)
    3)
    a) ( espacio libre) room

    hacer lugar para alguien/algo — to make room o space for somebody/something

    b) ( asiento) seat
    4)
    a) ( situación) place

    yo en tu lugar... — if I were you...

    b) (en organización, jerarquía) place

    se clasificó en primer/quinto lugar — she finished in first/fifth place

    5)

    dar lugar a — (a una disputa, a comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

    6) (Der)

    en primer lugar: se tratarán en primer lugar they will be dealt with first; en primer lugar porque... first of all o firstly because...; en último lugar: y en último lugar... and finally o lastly...; a como dé/diera lugar (AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it any way we can; a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar one way or another I was going to get in; dejar a alguien en mal lugar to put somebody in an awkward position; poner a alguien en su lugar to put somebody in her/his place; sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly; tener lugar — to take place

    •
    * * *
    = area, locality, location, place, locus [loci, -pl.], site, spot, slot.

    Ex: The area in which standards for bibliographic description have had the most impact is in catalogues and catalogue record data bases.

    Ex: To overcome these problems users must think of all the various names that might have been applied, and must understand something of the geography and administration of the locality concerned.
    Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.
    Ex: Period and place can also be added to any heading, though there are restrictions on the latter: in certain subjects place takes preference over subject.
    Ex: The locus of government policy making has been shifted to the Ministry of Research and Technology.
    Ex: Here, families from many different communities were up-rooted and resettled on greenfield sites, many miles away from relatives and friends.
    Ex: There was also a spot from which, if you struck the floor with a hard rap of your heel, you could almost count the reverberations as the sound bounced from floor to ceiling to walls to floor.
    Ex: These frames are of different types and have slots also of different types, which can be filled by other frames.
    * asignar un lugar = give + Nombre + a place in.
    * auxiliares de lugar = area table.
    * cambiar de lugar = relocate, resite [re-site].
    * cambio de lugar = relocation.
    * cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.
    * colocación fuera de lugar = misplacement.
    * colocado en lugar erróneo = misplaced.
    * colocar en el lugar donde = put in + the place where.
    * colocar en su lugar = drop into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar = put into + place.
    * colocar en un lugar erróneo = misplace.
    * confinado a un lugar concreto = site-bound.
    * conseguir ocupar un lugar específico = secure + a niche.
    * Consejo Internacional de Museos y Lugares de Interés (ICOMS) = International Council of Museums and Sites (ICOMOS).
    * curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.
    * dar lugar = produce.
    * dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.
    * dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.
    * dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.
    * dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.
    * dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * de lugares más distantes = from further afield.
    * demostrar sin lugar a dudas = prove + conclusively.
    * desplazarse de un lugar a otro = move from + place to place.
    * distribuido en varios lugares = multilocationed.
    * el lugar que le corresponde a = the due place of.
    * emplazado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * en algún lugar = somewhere, at some point.
    * en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.
    * encontrarse fuera de lugar = be out of + Posesivo + element, be out of place.
    * en cualquier lugar = everywhere, anywhere.
    * en cualquier otro lougar = everywhere else.
    * en cualquier otro lugar = anywhere else.
    * en cuarto lugar = fourthly.
    * en el lugar del accidente = at the scene of the accident.
    * en el lugar de los hechos = at the scene.
    * en lugar de = as opposed to, in place of, instead of, rather than, in lieu of.
    * en lugar del accidente = at the scene.
    * en lugar de otro = vicariously.
    * en lugares cerrados = indoors.
    * en ningún lugar = nowhere.
    * en otro lugar = elsewhere, off-site [offsite].
    * en primer lugar = firstly, in the first place, in the first instance, first and foremost, first off.
    * en quinto lugar = fifthly.
    * en segundo lugar = secondly, second-best [2nd-best], in the second place.
    * en su lugar = instead, in + Posesivo + stead.
    * en tercer lugar = thirdly, on the third hand.
    * en un lugar central = centrally located.
    * en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * en un lugar diferente de = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar distinto a = somewhere other than.
    * en un lugar seguro = in a safe place, in safekeeping.
    * estar en el lugar adecuado en el momento adecuado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar indicado en el momento indicado = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar en el lugar oportuno en el momento oportuno = be in the right place at the right time.
    * estar fuera de lugar = be out of place, be out of order.
    * fuera de lugar = out of place, uncalled-for.
    * gallito del lugar, el = cock-of-the-walk.
    * ganarse un lugar en el corazón de Alguien = win + a place in + heart.
    * habitante del lugar = local, local resident.
    * hacerse un lugar = carve out + a place.
    * hacer una marca para indicar el lugar donde uno se ha quedado leyendo = mark + Posesivo + place.
    * lugar acogedor = welcoming place.
    * lugar aglomerado = crowded quarter.
    * lugar ameno = locus amoenus.
    * lugar atrasado = backwater.
    * lugar común de alimentación = feeding ground.
    * lugar común de encuentro = meeting ground.
    * lugar cultural = cultural site.
    * lugar de acampada = campsite [camp site], camping site, campground.
    * lugar de aterrizaje = landing site, landing area.
    * lugar de celebración = venue.
    * lugar de celebración del congreso = conference venue.
    * lugar de cita = meeting ground.
    * lugar de cría = breeding ground, breeding area.
    * lugar de descanso = resting place.
    * lugar de diversión = playground.
    * lugar de encuentro = meeting place, meeting point, gathering place, tryst.
    * lugar de entretenimiento nocturno = night spot.
    * lugar de honor = pride of place.
    * lugar de impresión = place of printing.
    * lugar de interés = attraction, sight.
    * lugar del crimen = scene of the crime.
    * lugar de nacimiento = birthplace, place of birth.
    * lugar de origen = locality of origin.
    * lugar de parada = halting place.
    * lugar de pasto = feeding ground.
    * lugar de prueba alfa = alpha test site, alpha site.
    * lugar de prueba beta = beta test site.
    * lugar de pruebas = test site.
    * lugar de publicación = place of publication.
    * lugar de recogida = pick-up location, pick-up point, drop-off point.
    * lugar de residencia = place of residence.
    * lugar destacado = prime space.
    * lugar de trabajo = affiliation, institutional affiliation, working environment, workplace, work setting, place of work, worksite [work site], home institution.
    * lugar de trabajo del autor = author affiliation.
    * lugar de vacaciones = tourist destination.
    * lugar donde las aves pasan la noche = roost.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * lugar en el mercado de venta = market niche.
    * lugar en la ordenación = filing position.
    * lugar escondido = secluded spot.
    * lugares de interés = sights.
    * lugar específico = niche.
    * lugar físico = physical place.
    * lugar frecuentado = hang out.
    * lugar histórico = historic site, historical site.
    * lugar interesante = hot spot.
    * lugar oculto = hidden storage place, secret storage location, secret storage place, secret holding location, secret cell.
    * lugar para comer = eating facility.
    * lugar pintoresco = beauty spot.
    * lugar privilegiado = place in the sun.
    * lugar protegido = safe haven, safe harbour.
    * lugar público = public place.
    * lugar que le corresponde = Posesivo + rightful place.
    * lugar que nos corresponde = place in the sun.
    * lugar remoto = secluded spot.
    * lugar resguardado del viento y soleado = suntrap.
    * lugar seguro = safe haven, safe place.
    * lugar visible = prime space.
    * nombre de lugar = place name.
    * no tener lugar = fall through.
    * ocasión + dar lugar a = occasion + give rise to.
    * ocupar el lugar de = take + the place of.
    * ocupar el lugar de Alguien = take + Posesivo + place.
    * ocupar un lugar = hold + a place, occupy + place.
    * ocupar un lugar destacado para + Pronombre = stand + high on + Posesivo + list.
    * ocupar un lugar en una clasificación = rank.
    * ocupar un lugar importante = take + pride of place.
    * ocupar un lugar prioritario en los intereses de Alguien = rank + high on + Posesivo + agenda.
    * ocupar un lugar privilegiado = have + pride of place.
    * ocupar un primer lugar = stand + first.
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * primer lugar de consulta = first stop.
    * que huele a lugar cerrado = fusty.
    * que no aparece en primer lugar = nonfirst [non-first].
    * que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.
    * residente del lugar = local resident.
    * sentimiento de pertenecer a un lugar = sense of belonging.
    * sentirse fuera de lugar = feel + inadequate.
    * sin lugar a dudas = conclusively, undeniably, unquestionably, without any doubt, by all accounts, no mistake, no doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt, to be sure.
    * sistema en el que el documento aparece representado en un único lugar del ín = one-place system.
    * situado en primer lugar = top-rated.
    * situado en un lugar céntrico = centrally located.
    * situado en un lugar lejano = outstation.
    * tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.
    * TIP (El Lugar de Información) = TIP (The Information Place).
    * UF (úsese en lugar de) = UF (use for).
    * un buen lugar de partida = a good place to start.
    * variar de lugar a lugar = differ + from place to place.
    * variar de un lugar a otro = vary + from place to place.
    * visita con conferencia a varios lugares de un país = lecture tour.
    * zona central de un lugar = heartland.

    * * *
    A (sitio) place
    no es éste el lugar ni el momento oportuno para hablar de ello this is neither the time nor the place to discuss it
    esto no está en su lugar this is not in its place, this is not where it should be o in the right place o where it belongs
    en cualquier otro lugar la gente se hubiera echado a la calle anywhere else o in any other country, people would have taken to the streets
    hemos cambiado los muebles de lugar we've moved the furniture around
    tiene que estar en algún lugar it must be somewhere
    guárdalo en un lugar seguro keep it in a safe place
    [ S ] consérvese en lugar fresco keep in a cool place
    se trasladaron al lugar del suceso they went to the scene of the incident
    ¿se te ocurre un lugar por aquí cerca donde podamos ir a comer? can you think of anywhere around here where we can go and eat?
    B
    (localidad, región): visité varios lugares I visited several places
    los habitantes del lugar the local inhabitants o people
    en un lugar de África somewhere in Africa
    lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth
    C
    1
    (espacio libre): ¿podrían hacer lugar para alguien más? could you make room o space for one more?
    no hay lugar para nada más there's no room for anything else
    aquí te dejé un lugar para que pongas tus cosas I left you some space here for you to put your things
    2 (asiento) seat
    D
    1 (situación) place
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place
    yo en tu lugar no se lo diría I wouldn't tell her if I were you
    ¡ya quisiera verte en mi lugar! I'd like to see what you'd do in my place o position o ( colloq) shoes
    2 (en una organización, jerarquía) place
    el lugar que le corresponde her rightful place o position
    nadie puede ocupar el lugar de una madre nobody can take a mother's place
    según el lugar que ocupan en la lista according to their position on the list
    en quinto lugar se clasificó el equipo australiano the Australian team finished fifth o in fifth place o in fifth position
    E
    dar lugar a (a una disputa) to provoke, give rise to, spark off; (a comentarios) to give rise to, provoke
    han dado lugar a que la gente hable their behavior has got o set people talking
    F ( Der):
    no ha lugar la protesta the objection is overruled
    G ( en locs):
    en lugar de instead of
    fue él en lugar de su hermano he went instead of his brother o in his brother's place
    en lugar de hablar tanto podrías ayudar un poco instead of talking so much you might help a bit
    ¿puede firmar ella en mi lugar? can she sign for me o on my behalf
    ¿y si en lugar de ir nosotros viene él aquí? and how about him coming here rather than us going there?
    en primer/segundo/último lugar: los temas que serán tratados en primer lugar the topics which will be dealt with first
    no estoy de acuerdo, en primer lugar porque … I don't agree, first of all o firstly because …
    y en último lugar, hablaremos de las posibles soluciones and finally o lastly, we will discuss possible solutions
    a como dé/diera lugar ( AmL): se trata de venderlo a como dé lugar the idea is to sell it however possible o however they can
    a como diera lugar yo iba a entrar al concierto one way or another I was going to get into the concert
    dejar a algn en mal lugar to put sb in an awkward position
    no dejar lugar a dudas: lo dijo con tal convicción que no dejó lugar a dudas sobre su sinceridad she said it with such conviction that there could be no doubt about her sincerity
    poner a algn en su lugar to put sb in her/his place
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly
    tener lugar to take place
    un lugar para cada cosa y cada cosa en su lugar a place for everything and everything in its place
    Compuestos:
    cliché, commonplace
    locus
    * * *

     

    lugar sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) place;

    en cualquier otro lugar anywhere else;
    en algún lugar somewhere;
    cambiar los muebles de lugar to move the furniture around;
    el lugar del suceso the scene of the incident;
    yo en tu lugar … if I were you …;
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
    se clasificó en primer lugar she finished in first place
    2 (localidad, región):

    lugar y fecha de nacimiento place and date of birth
    3

    ◊ hacer lugar para algn/algo to make room o space for sb/sth;

    me hizo un lugar he made me some room

    4
    ◊ dar lugar a (a disputa, comentarios) to provoke, give rise to

    5 ( en locs)

    ella firmó en mi lugar she signed on my behalf;
    en primer lugar ( antes que nada) first of all, firstly;
    en último lugar ( finalmente) finally, lastly;
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly;
    tener lugar to take place
    lugar sustantivo masculino
    1 place
    la gente del lugar, the local people
    en algún lugar del cuerpo/libro, in some part of the body/book
    2 (ocasión) time: no hubo lugar para ello, there was no occasion for it
    3 (motivo) occasion: dio lugar a un malentendido, it gave rise to a misunderstanding
    ♦ Locuciones: sentirse fuera de lugar to feel out of place
    tener lugar, to take place
    en lugar de, instead of
    en mi/tu/su lugar..., if I/you/he were me/you/him...
    en primer lugar, in the first place, firstly
    sin lugar a dudas, without a doubt
    ' lugar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abandonada
    - abandonado
    - abandono
    - abrigo
    - acogedor
    - acogedora
    - acuartelamiento
    - acudir
    - airear
    - alejada
    - alejado
    - allá
    - allí
    - antesala
    - apartada
    - apartado
    - aquí
    - archivo
    - arena
    - atrás
    - baja
    - bajo
    - botar
    - cabida
    - caer
    - celebrarse
    - colocarse
    - continuar
    - damnificada
    - damnificado
    - darse
    - definitivamente
    - dejar
    - delante
    - dentro
    - deprimida
    - deprimido
    - derecha
    - desalojo
    - desamparada
    - desamparado
    - desarrollarse
    - desencadenar
    - desencajada
    - desencajado
    - desentonar
    - desfilar
    - designar
    - deslizarse
    - despacho
    English:
    abroad
    - agree
    - be
    - beauty spot
    - birthplace
    - breeding ground
    - burial
    - celebrate
    - change
    - climb
    - come off
    - commonplace
    - commuter
    - dental surgery
    - designate
    - desolation
    - divert
    - drive-through
    - elsewhere
    - equatorial
    - erect
    - everyplace
    - ex
    - first
    - firstly
    - foremost
    - haunt
    - high
    - homeland
    - in-service
    - inch
    - innermost
    - innocent
    - instead
    - introduction
    - landmark
    - last
    - lie
    - lieu
    - live in
    - liven
    - location
    - lookout
    - Mecca
    - midterm
    - misplaced
    - mournful
    - move back
    - occupy
    - palace
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [sitio] place;
    [del crimen, accidente] scene; [para acampar, merendar] spot;
    encontraron una pistola en el lugar de los hechos they found a gun at the crime scene o scene of the crime;
    ¿en qué lugar habré metido las tijeras? where can I have put the scissors?;
    en algún lugar somewhere;
    no lo veo por ningún lugar I can't see it anywhere;
    vuelve a ponerlo todo en su lugar put everything back where it belongs;
    he cambiado el televisor de lugar I've moved the television;
    estoy buscando un lugar donde pasar la noche I'm looking for somewhere to spend the night;
    éste no es (el) lugar para discutir eso this is not the place to discuss that
    lugar de anidación nesting site;
    lugar de encuentro meeting place;
    lugar de interés place of interest;
    lugar de reunión meeting place;
    lugar sagrado sanctum;
    lugar de trabajo workplace
    2. [localidad] place, town;
    las gentes del lugar the local people;
    ni los más viejos del lugar recuerdan algo semejante not even the oldest people there can remember anything like it
    lugar de nacimiento [en biografía] birthplace; [en formulario, impreso] place of birth;
    lugar de residencia [en formulario, impreso] place of residence;
    lugar turístico Br holiday o US vacation resort;
    lugar de veraneo summer resort
    3. [puesto] position;
    ocupa un lugar importante en la empresa she has an important position in the company, she is high up in the company;
    ¿puedes ir tú en mi lugar? can you go in my place?;
    en primer/segundo lugar, quiero decir… in the first/second place, I would like to say…, firstly/secondly, I would like to say…;
    llegó en primer/segundo lugar she finished o came first/second;
    en último lugar, quiero decir… lastly o last, I would like to say…;
    llegó en último lugar she came last;
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
    yo en tu lugar if I were you
    4. [espacio libre] room, space;
    esta mesa ocupa mucho lugar this table takes up a lot of room o space;
    aquí ya no hay lugar para más gente there's no room for anyone else here;
    hacerle lugar a algo/alguien to make room o some space for sth/sb
    5. lugar común platitude, commonplace
    6. [ocasión]
    dar lugar a [rumores, comentarios, debate, disputa] to give rise to;
    [polémica] to spark off, to give rise to; [catástrofe] to lead to, to cause; [explosión, escape] to cause; Am
    a como dé lugar whatever the cost, whatever it takes;
    Der
    no ha lugar objection overruled;
    no hay lugar a duda there's no (room for) doubt;
    sin lugar a dudas without doubt, undoubtedly
    7.
    tener lugar to take place;
    la recepción tendrá lugar en los jardines del palacio the reception will be held in the palace gardens
    8. Comp
    dejar en buen lugar: el cantante mexicano dejó en buen lugar a su país the Mexican singer did his country proud;
    dejar en mal lugar: no nos dejes en mal lugar y pórtate bien be good and don't show us up;
    estar fuera de lugar to be out of place;
    poner a alguien en su lugar to put sb in his/her place;
    poner las cosas en su lugar to set things straight
    ♦ en lugar de loc prep
    instead of;
    acudió en lugar de mí she came in my place o instead of me;
    en lugar de la sopa, tomaré pasta I'll have the pasta instead of the soup;
    en lugar de mirar, podrías echarnos una mano you could give us a hand rather than o instead of just standing/sitting there watching
    * * *
    m place;
    en lugar de instead of;
    en primer lugar in the first place, first(ly);
    fuera de lugar out of place;
    yo en tu lugar if I were you, (if I were) in your place;
    ponte en mi lugar put yourself in my place;
    dar lugar a give rise to;
    tener lugar take place;
    sin lugar a dudas without a doubt
    * * *
    lugar nm
    1) : place, position
    se llevó el primer lugar en su división: she took first place in her division
    2) espacio: space, room
    3)
    dar lugar a : to give rise to, to lead to
    4)
    en lugar de : instead of
    5)
    lugar común : cliché, platitude
    6)
    tener lugar : to take place
    * * *
    lugar n place
    un lugar donde sentarse a place to sit / somewhere to sit
    dar lugar a to give rise to [pt. gave; pp. given]
    en primer lugar firstly / first of all

    Spanish-English dictionary > lugar

  • 64 culto

    adj.
    educated, learned, civilized, well-bred.
    m.
    1 cult, worship, divine service.
    2 religious sect, cult.
    * * *
    1 (persona) cultured, educated
    2 (estilo) refined
    1 worship
    \
    rendir culto a to pay homage to, worship
    culto dominical Sunday worship
    ————————
    1 worship
    * * *
    1. noun m. 2. (f. - culta)
    adj.
    cultivated, educated
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [persona] cultured, educated; pey (=afectado) affected
    2) [palabra, frase] learned
    2. SM
    1) (Rel) (=veneración) worship; (=ritual) cult (a of)

    rendir culto a — (lit) to worship; (fig) to pay homage o tribute to

    2) (=admiración) cult

    de culto — cult antes de s

    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    a) <persona/pueblo> educated, cultured
    b) (Ling) < palabra> learned; <literatura/música> highbrow
    II
    a) ( veneración) worship

    rendir culto a algo/alguien — to worship something/somebody

    b) ( liturgia) worship
    * * *
    I
    - ta adjetivo
    a) <persona/pueblo> educated, cultured
    b) (Ling) < palabra> learned; <literatura/música> highbrow
    II
    a) ( veneración) worship

    rendir culto a algo/alguien — to worship something/somebody

    b) ( liturgia) worship
    * * *
    culto1
    1 = literate, cultivated, educated, well educated [well-educated], highbrow [high-brow], highbrow [high-brow], cultured, refined.

    Ex: Unsupported by any other teaching methods, browsing is not, of course enough to make children into literate readers.

    Ex: So the narrator's style has to be articulate, cultivated, correct, steady.
    Ex: This impressive work, which serves educated adults and serious students, intends to be a comprehensive, authoritative compendium of the world's most important knowledge and information.
    Ex: This class is conservative in politics, aristocratic in social affairs, and characteristically well-bred, well-educated, well-housed, and well-heeled.
    Ex: The lowly chow of the rural poor has gone highbrow.
    Ex: People with a grade-school education, most of whose reading choices are in the low-brow category, cannot and do not easily read material written for the high-brow or even the increasingly college-trained middle-brow.
    Ex: She is not just lissome and beautiful, but also cultured, artful, expressive, and energetic.
    Ex: At that time, the Europeans were quite definitely the barbarians, whereas the Arabs were considered refined and civilised.
    * menos cultos, los = less literate, the.
    * poco culto = unenlightened.

    culto2
    2 = cult.

    Ex: The cult of information forms the catalyst for a discussion of the ways in which information has acquired folkloristic status as the major way in which people look at the world.

    * culto a la carga = cargo cult.
    * culto a la inutilidad = cargo cult.
    * culto a la personalidad = personality cult.
    * culto a la vida = cult of life.
    * culto al cargamento = cargo cult.
    * culto al cargo = cargo cult.
    * culto al cuerpo = cult of the body, body beautiful.
    * culto al dinero = cult of money.
    * figura de culto = cult figure, cult hero.
    * libertad de culto = religious freedom.
    * objeto de culto = cult object.
    * película de culto = cult movie.
    * rendir culto = worship.

    * * *
    culto1 -ta
    1 ‹persona/pueblo› educated, cultured
    2 ( Ling) ‹palabra/expresión› learned; ‹literatura/música› highbrow
    1 (veneración) worship
    rendir culto a algn/algo to worship sb/sth
    culto a la personalidad personality cult
    culto al éxito/placer the worship o cult of success/pleasure
    el culto del dinero the cult of money
    2 (liturgia) worship
    libertad de culto(s) freedom of worship
    * * *

     

    culto 1
    ◊ -ta adjetivo

    a) ‹persona/pueblo› educated, cultured

    b) (Ling) ‹ palabra› learned;

    ‹literatura/música› highbrow
    culto 2 sustantivo masculino
    a) (adoración, creencia) worship;

    ◊ rendir culto a algo/algn to worship sth/sb;

    libertad de culto(s) freedom of worship


    culto,-a
    I adjetivo educated
    (palabra) learned
    II sustantivo masculino cult
    Rel worship
    ' culto' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    culta
    - darse
    - ilustrada
    - ilustrado
    - infante
    - libertad
    - rendir
    - venerar
    - preparado
    English:
    cult
    - cult movie
    - cultivated
    - cultured
    - educated
    - enlightened
    - hero-worship
    - well-educated
    - well-read
    - worship
    - knowledgeable
    - well
    * * *
    culto, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [persona] cultured, educated;
    [estilo] refined
    2. [palabra] literary, learned
    ♦ nm
    1. [devoción] worship (a of);
    el culto al diablo devil worship;
    el culto al cuerpo the cult of the body beautiful;
    culto a la personalidad personality cult;
    rendir culto a [dios] to worship;
    [persona, valentía] to pay homage o tribute to;
    un grupo/una película de culto a cult movie/group
    2. [religión] cult
    * * *
    I adj educated
    II m worship;
    rendir culto a worship;
    de la personalidad personality cult
    * * *
    culto, -ta adj
    : cultured, educated
    culto nm
    1) : worship
    2) : cult
    * * *
    culto1 adj cultured
    culto2 n worship

    Spanish-English dictionary > culto

  • 65 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 66 مرض

    مَرَضٌ \ ailment: an illness, esp. one that is not serious. disease: illness; an unhealthy condition of a body or plant. illness: sickness in general; a disease: Fever is a common illness in hot countries. infection: the act or result of infec-ting; an illness passed by infecting. sickness: illness. \ مَرَضُ التيفوئيد \ typhoid: serious disease of the stomach, causing high fever. \ مَرَضُ الجُدَري \ smallpox: a dangerous disease that leaves hollow marks on the skin and can kill people. \ مَرَضُ الجُذام \ leprosy: a skin disease that slowly eats into the body. \ مَرَضُ الحَصْبَة \ measles: a disease that causes fever and red spots on the skin. \ مَرَضُ الزُّحَار \ dysentery: a disease of the waste pipe leading from the stomach (passing out blood and loose matter) that quickly spreads to other people. \ مَرَضٌ سَارٍ \ epidemic: a large number of cases of the same disease during a single period of time. \ مَرَضُ السّرَطان \ cancer: a diseased growth in the body. \ مَرَضُ السُّلّ \ tuberculosis: a dangerous disease, esp. of the chest. \ مَرَضٌ مُعْدٍ \ contagious: (of disease) spread by touch. \ See Also سار (سَارٍ)‏ \ مَرَضُ النُّكاف \ mumps: a disease which causes painful swellings in the neck. \ مَرَضُ الهَيْضَة \ cholera: a desease of the stomach, often causing death. \ See Also الكوليرا( الكوليرا)‏ \ مَرَضُ اليَرَقان \ jaundice: a disease causing the skin and eyes to become yellow. \ See Also الصَّفْراء

    Arabic-English dictionary > مرض

  • 67 λαός

    λαός, οῦ, ὁ (Hom.+; ins; pap [here the pl. λαοί, Mayser 27; 29]; LXX, pseudepigr, Philo, Joseph., apolog.)
    ① people, in a general sense
    ⓐ distributively, populace Mt 27:64. ἐν τῷ λαῷ among the people Mt 4:23; Ac 6:8.
    ⓑ a close gathering of people crowd Lk 1:21; 3:15, 18; 7:1; 20:1; Ac 3:12; 4:1f; 13:15; 21:30. πᾶς ὁ λ. the whole crowd, all the people (TestSim 6:4; Jos., Ant. 13, 201) Mt 27:25; Lk 8:47; 9:13; 18:43; 21:38; J 8:2; Ac 3:9, 11. Also ἅπας ὁ λ. (Jos., Ant. 7, 63; 211) Lk 3:21. ὁ λ. ἅπας (Jos., Ant. 6, 199; 8, 101) 19:48; GPt 8:28. λ. ἱκανός Ac 5:37 v.l. πᾶν τὸ πλῆθος τ. λαοῦ Lk 1:10; cp. Ac 21:36. πλῆθος πολὺ τοῦ λαοῦ a large crowd of people Lk 6:17; 23:27 (PsSol. 8:2 λαοῦ πολλοῦ; TestJud 3:1 λ. πολύς).
    ② the mass of a community as distinguished from special interest groups (OGI 90, 12 [II B.C. priests, civil officials, and soldiers]) people
    ⓐ in contrast to their leaders Mt 26:5; Mk 11:18 v.l., 32 v.l.; 14:2; Lk 19:48; 20:6, 19, 26; 23:13; Ac 2:47; 4:17, 21; 5:26; 6:12; 12:4.
    ⓑ in contrast to Pharisees and legal experts Lk 7:29.
    ⓒ in contrast to priests Hb 2:17; 5:3; 7:5, 27 (a Christian congregation in liturgical response Just., A I, 65, 3 al.).—RMeyer, Der ˓Am hā-˒Āreṣ, Judaica 3, ’47, 169–99.
    ③ a body of people with common cultural bonds and ties to a specific territory, people-group, people as nation (w. φυλή, ἔθνος, γλῶσσα; cp. Da 3:4) Rv 5:9; 13:7; 14:6. Pl. (a Sibylline oracle in Appian, Maced. 2; En 10:21; PsSol 5:11; 17:30 λαοὶ τῶν ἐθνῶν; Just., A I, 49, 1) 7:9; 10:11; 11:9; 17:15.—Lk 2:31. Of a monstrous animal θηρίον δυνάμενον λαοὺς διαφθεῖραι a beast capable of destroying (whole) peoples Hv 4, 2, 3.
    ④ people of God, people
    ⓐ of the people of Israel ὁ λαός (s. also Jewish inscriptions in SIG 1247; GKittel, TLZ 69, ’44, 13; En 20:5; PsSol 17:20; ParJer 2:2 [throughout w. art.]; Just.; Mel., P.; Iren., Orig., Did.—λαός of the native Egyptian population since III B.C. at least: UWilcken on UPZ 110, 100f) Ac 3:23; 7:17; 28:17; 2 Pt 2:1; AcPl Ha 8, 19. Without the art. (Sir 46:7; Wsd 18:13; PsSol [throughout, exc. 17:20]) Jd 5; οὗτος ὁ λ. Mt 15:8; Mk 7:6 (both Is 29:13); Lk 21:23; B 9:3; 10:2; πᾶς ὁ λ. (ParJer 5:17) Lk 2:10 all the people (prob., as the involvement of the shepherds suggests, without cultic restrictions, namely to ‘everyone’); B 12:8. πᾶς ὁ λ. Ἰσραήλ Ac 4:10. οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τοῦ λ. Mt 2:4; 26:47; 27:1; οἱ πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λ. 21:23; τὸ πρεσβυτέριον τοῦ λ. Lk 22:66; οἱ ἄρχοντες τοῦ λ. Ac 4:8; B 9:3; PEg2, 6; οἱ πρῶτοι τοῦ λ. Lk 19:47. Opp. τὰ ἔθνη the nations, non-Israelites (gentiles) (s. ἔθνος 2 and cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 67 §283 the contrast τὰ ἔθνη … τὴν Ἰταλίαν) Ac 26:17, 23; Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43).—W. a gen. that denotes the possessor ([τοῦ] θεοῦ, αὐτοῦ, μοῦ etc.; cp. TestJud 25:3; ParJer 3:15; ApcrEzk P 1 verso 3; Jos., Ant. 10, 12; Just., D. 110, 4): λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Lk 1:68; Hb 11:25. ὁ λαός μου Ac 7:34 (Ex 3:7). Rv 18:4 (pl. verb with λαός in sing. as Περὶ ὕψους 23, 2 after a poet λαὸς … κελάδησαν).—Lk 7:16. λ. σου Ἰσραήλ Lk 2:32. ὁ λ. μου ὁ Ἰσραήλ Mt 2:6. ὁ λ. Ἰσραήλ B 16:5 (cp. ὁ λ. τῶν Ἰουδαίων Orig., C. Cels. 2, 1, 6). Pl. of the tribes of Israel (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 159, unless the pl. here means ‘the people’, as Hes., Op. 763f πολλοὶ λαοί; Aristoph., Equ. 163, Ran. 216; 677 πολὺν λαῶν ὄχλον; Callim., Epigr. 47; Isyllus E 1 [IG IV, 950=Coll. Alex. p. 133, 37=D 1 in Diehl2 II, 6 p. 115, s. Anth LG] θεὸν ἀείσατε, λαοί = ἐνναέται Ἐπιδαύρου [inhabitants of Epidaurus]; Diod S 1, 45, 1; 3, 45, 6 διὰ τὴν τῶν λαῶν ἀπειρίαν=because of the inexperience of the people; 4, 67, 6; 5, 7, 6; 5, 48, 1 συναγαγεῖν τ. λαοὺς σποράδην οἰκοῦντας=gather the people who live in scattered places; 5, 59, 5 al.; Orphica 34, 10 Q.; Herm. Wr. 1, 27; PRev 42, 17 [258 B.C.] γραφέτωσαν οἱ λαοί=the people are to submit a written statement; Jos., Ant. 18, 352; Just., A I, 47, 1 al; Ath.; Basilius, epistle 92, 2 ln. 44 [=MPG XXXII 481a] οἱ λαοί; Theophanes, Chron. 172, 7 de Boor ἀπέθανον λαοὶ πολλοί) Ac 4:25 (Ps 2:1), 27; Ro 15:11 (Ps 116:1).
    ⓑ of Christians Ac 15:14; 18:10; Ro 9:25 (Hos 2:25); Hb 4:9; 1 Pt 2:10; Rv 18:4 (Jer 28:45 SAQ); 1 Cl 59:4; 2 Cl 2:3; B 13:1ff. Prepared by Christ B 3:6; cp. Hs 5, 5, 2. Protected by angels 5, 5, 3; specif. entrusted to Michael 8, 3, 3; cp. 8, 1, 2.—Also in pl. (s. 3 end) λαοὶ αὐτοῦ Rv 21:3; cp. Hs 8, 3, 2.—λ. εἰς περιποίησιν a people (made God’s) own possession 1 Pt 2:9. Also λ. περιούσιος (Ex 19:5) Tit 2:14; 1 Cl 64. λ. κατεσκευασμένος a people made ready Lk 1:17. λ. καινός B 5:7; 7:5.—OKern, ARW 30, ’33, 205–17; EKäsemann, D. wandernde Gottesvolk ’39; N Dahl, D. Volk Gottes: E. Untersuchg. z. Kirchenbewusstsein des Urchristent. ’41; HSahlin, D. Messias u. d. Gottesvolk ’45; AOepke, D. neue Gottesvolk ’50; CVandersleyen, Le mot λαός dans la langue des papyrus: Chronique d’ Égypte 48, ’73, 339–49; OMontevecchi, PapBrux XIX (in Actes du XVe Congrès International de Papyrologie ’78–79), pp. 51–67.—B. 1313; 1315. Schmidt, Syn. IV 570–75. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. S. also LfgrE s.v. col. 1634 (lit.).

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > λαός

  • 68 ἐκκλησία

    ἐκκλησία, ας, ἡ (ἐκ + καλέω; Eur., Hdt.+)
    ① a regularly summoned legislative body, assembly, as gener. understood in the Gr-Rom. world (Jos., Ant. 12, 164; 19, 332, Vi. 268) Ac 19:39 (on ‘[regular] statutory assembly’, s. ἔννομος and IBM III/2, p. 141. The term ἐννόμη ἐ. here contrasts w. the usage vss. 32 and 40, in which ἐ. denotes simply ‘a gathering’; s. 2 below. On the ἐ. in Ephesus cp. CIG III, 325; IBM III/1, 481, 340; on the ἐ. in the theater there s. the last-named ins ln. 395; OGI 480, 9).—Pauly-W. V/2, 1905, 2163–2200; RAC IV 905–21 (lit.).
    ② a casual gathering of people, an assemblage, gathering (cp. 1 Km 19:20; 1 Macc 3:13; Sir 26:5) Ac 19:32, 40.
    ③ people with shared belief, community, congregation (for common identity, cp. the community of Pythagoras [Hermippus in Diog. L. 8, 41]. Remarkably, in Himerius, Or. 39 [Or. 5], 5 Orpheus forms for himself τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, a group of wild animals, who listen to him, in the Thracian mountains where there are no people), in our lit. of common interest in the God of Israel.
    ⓐ of OT Israelites assembly, congregation (Dt 31:30; Judg 20:2; 1 Km 17:47; 3 Km 8:14; PsSol 10:6; TestJob 32:8 τῆς εὐώδους ἐ.; Philo; Jos., Ant. 4, 309; Diod S 40, 3, 6) Hb 2:12 (Ps 21:23); e.g. to hear the law (Dt 4:10; 9:10; 18:16) Ac 7:38.
    ⓑ of Christians in a specific place or area (the term ἐ. apparently became popular among Christians in Greek-speaking areas for chiefly two reasons: to affirm continuity with Israel through use of a term found in Gk. translations of the Hebrew Scriptures, and to allay any suspicion, esp. in political circles, that Christians were a disorderly group).
    α. of a specific Christian group assembly, gathering ordinarily involving worship and discussion of matters of concern to the community: Mt 18:17; συνερχομένων ὑμῶν ἐν ἐ. when you come together as an assembly 1 Cor 11:18; cp. 14:4f, 12, 19, 28, 35; pl. vs. 34. ἐν ἐ. ἐξομολογεῖσθαι τὰ παραπτώματα confess one’s sins in assembly D 4:14; cp. 3J 6 (JCampbell, JTS 49, ’48, 130–42; for the Johannines s. ESchweizer below). In Ac 15:22 the ‘apostles and elders’ function in the manner of the βουλή or council, the committee of the whole that was responsible in a Gr-Rom. polis for proposing legislation to the assembly of citizens.—Of Christians gathering in the home of a patron house-assembly (‘house-church’) Πρίσκαν καὶ Ἀκύλαν … καὶ τὴν κατʼ οἶκον αὐτῶν ἐ. Ro 16:5; cp. 1 Cor 16:19. Νύμφαν καὶ τὴν κατʼ οἶκον αὐτῆς ἐ. Col 4:15; ἡ κατʼ οἶκόν σου ἐ. Phlm 2.—FFilson, JBL 58, ’39, 105–12; other reff. οἶκος 1aα.—Pl. ἐ. τῶν ἁγίων 1 Cor 14:33; ἐ. τῶν ἐθνῶν Ro 16:4.—1 Ti 5:16 prob. belongs here, s. βαρέω b.
    β. congregation or church as the totality of Christians living and meeting in a particular locality or larger geographical area, but not necessarily limited to one meeting place: Ac 5:11; 8:3; 9:31 (so KGiles, NTS 31, ’85, 135–42; s. c below), 11:26; 12:5; 15:3; 18:22; 20:17; cp. 12:1; 1 Cor 4:17; Phil 4:15; 1 Ti 5:16 perh., s. α above; Js 5:14; 3 J 9f; 1 Cl 44:3; Hv 2, 4, 3. More definitely of the Christians in Jerusalem Ac 8:1; 11:22; cp. 2:47 v.l.; 15:4, 22; Cenchreae Ro 16:1; cp. vs. 23; Corinth 1 Cor 1:2; 2 Cor 1:1; 1 Cl ins; 47:6; AcPlCor 1:16; Laodicea Col 4:16; Rv 3:14; Thessalonica 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:1; Colossae Phlm subscr. v.l. Likew. w. other names: Rv 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7; IEph ins; 8:1; IMg ins; ITr ins; 13:1; IRo 9:1; IPhld ins; 10:1; ISm 11:1; Pol ins. Plural: Ac 15:41; 16:5; Ro 16:16; 1 Cor 7:17; 2 Cor 8:18f, 23f; 11:8, 28; 12:13; Rv 2:7, 11, 17, 23, 29; 3:6, 13, 22; 22:16; the Christian community in Judea Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; Galatia Gal 1:2; 1 Cor 16:1; Asia vs. 19; Rv 1:4, and cp. vss. 11 and 20; Macedonia 2 Cor 8:1. κατʼ ἐκκλησίαν in each individual congregation or assembly Ac 14:23 (on the syntax cp. OGI 480, 9 [s. 1 above]: ἵνα τιθῆνται κατʼ ἐκκλησίαν in order that they [the statues] might be set up at each [meeting of the] ἐ.). On κατὰ τ. οὖσαν ἐ. Ac 13:1 cp. εἰμί 1 end.
    ⓒ the global community of Christians, (universal) church (s. AvHarnack, Mission I4 420 n. 2 on Ac 12:1): Mt 16:18 (OBetz, ZNW 48, ’57, 49–77: Qumran parallels; s. HBraun, Qumran I, ’66, 30–37); Ac 9:31 (but s. 3bβ); 1 Cor 6:4; 12:28; Eph 1:22; 3:10, 21; 5:23ff, 27, 29, 32 (HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930; also ThBl 6, 1927, 12–17); Col 1:18, 24; Phil 3:6; B 7:11; Hv 2, 2, 6; 2, 4, 1 (with the depiction of the church as an elderly lady cp. Ps.-Demetr. 265 where Hellas, the homeland, is represented as λαβοῦσα γυναικὸς σχῆμα); 3, 3, 3; IEph 5:1f and oft.—The local assembly or congregation as well as the universal church is more specif. called ἐ. τοῦ θεοῦ or ἐ. τ. Χριστοῦ. This is essentially Pauline usage, and it serves to give the current Gk. term its Christian coloring and thereby its special mng.:
    α. ἐ. τοῦ θεοῦ (Orig., C. Cels. 1, 63, 22) 1 Cor 1:2; 10:32; 11:16, 22; 15:9; 2 Cor 1:1; Gal 1:13; 1 Th 2:14; 2 Th 1:4; 1 Ti 3:5, 15; Ac 20:28; ITr 2:3; 12:1; IPhld 10:1; ISm ins al.
    β. ἐ. τοῦ Χριστοῦ (Orig., C. Cels. 5, 22, 14) Ro 16:16.
    γ. both together ἐ. ἐν θεῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστῷ 1 Th 1:1.
    δ. ἡ ἐ. ἡ πρώτη ἡ πνευματική the first, spiritual church (conceived in a Platonic sense as preexistent) 2 Cl 14:1; ἐ. ζῶσα the living church the body of Christ vs. 2; ἡ ἁγία ἐ. Hv 1, 1, 6; 1, 3, 4; ἡ καθολικὴ ἐ. ISm 8:2; ἡ ἁγία καὶ καθολικὴ ἐ. MPol ins; ἡ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην καθολικὴ ἐ. 8:1; 19:2; ἓν σῶμα τῆς ἐ. ISm 1:2.—The literature before ’32 is given in OLinton, D. Problem der Urkirche in d. neueren Forschung (s. esp. 138–46) ’32 and AMedebielle, Dict. de la Bible, Suppl. II ’34, 487–691; before ’60, s. RAC; also s. TW, Sieben, and JHainz, Ekklesia ’72. Esp. important: EBurton, Gal (ICC) 1921, 417–20; KHoll, D. Kirchenbegriff des Pls usw.: SBBerlAk 1921, 920–47=Ges. Aufs. II 1928, 44ff; FKattenbusch, D. Vorzugsstellung d. Petrus u. d. Charakter d. Urgemeinde zu Jerusalem: KMüller Festschr. 1922, 322–51; KLSchmidt, D. Kirche des Urchristentums: Dssm. Festschr. 1927, 259–319, TW III 502–39. S. also: EPeterson, D. Kirche aus Juden u. Heiden ’33; KLSchmidt, D. Polis in Kirche u. Welt ’39; WBieder, Ekkl. u. Polis im NT u. in d. alten Kirche ’41; OMichel, D. Zeugnis des NTs v. d. Gemeinde ’41; NDahl, D. Volk Gottes ’41; RFlew, Jesus and His Church2, ’43; GJohnston, The Doctrine of the Church in the NT ’43; WKümmel, Kirchenbegriff u. Geschichtsbewusstsein in d. Urg. u. b. Jesus ’43; DFaulhaber, D. Johev. u. d. Kirche ’38; AFridrichsen, Kyrkan i 4. ev.: SvTK 16, ’40, 227–42; ESchweizer, NT Essays (Manson memorial vol.) ’59, 230–45; EWolf, Ecclesia Pressa—eccl. militans: TLZ 72, ’47, 223–32; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT ’46; HvCampenhausen, Kirchl. Amt u. geistl. Vollmacht in den ersten 3 Jahrh. ’53; EKäsemann, Sätze hlg. Rechtes im NT, NTS 1, ’55, 248–60; AGeorge, ET 58, ’46/47, 312–16; in ATR: JBernardin 21, ’39, 153–70; BEaston 22, ’40, 157–68; SWalke 32, ’50, 39–53 (Apost. Fath.); JMurphy, American Ecclesiastical Review 140, ’59, 250–59; 325–32; PMinear, Images of the Church in the NT, ’60; BMetzger, Theology Today 19, ’62, 369–80; ESchweizer, Church Order in the NT, tr. FClarke ’61; RSchnackenburg, The Church in the NT, tr. WO’Hara ’65; LCerfaux, JBL 85, ’66, 250–51; AHilhorst, Filología Neotestamentaria 1, ’88, 27–34. S. also ἐπίσκοπος 2 end; Πέτρος; πέτρα 1.—B. 1476f. DELG s.v. καλέω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐκκλησία

  • 69 opinion

    ə'pinjən
    1) (what a person thinks or believes: My opinions about education have changed.) opinión
    2) (a (professional) judgement, usually of a doctor, lawyer etc: He wanted a second opinion on his illness.) opinión
    3) (what one thinks of the worth or value of someone or something: I have a very high opinion of his work.) opinión
    •
    - be of the opinion that
    - be of the opinion
    - in my
    - your opinion
    - a matter of opinion
    opinion n opinión
    what's your opinion of the new manager? ¿qué opinas del nuevo gerente?


    opinión sustantivo femenino opinion; cambió de opinión he changed his mind; la opinión pública public opinion
    opinión sustantivo femenino opinion: siempre está cambiando de opinión, she's always changing her mind ' opinión' also found in these entries: Spanish: adherirse - antinuclear - apoyarse - apreciación - asesorar - aventurar - cambio - certera - certero - concepto - consejo - criterio - decantar - decir - discutible - disidencia - ecuánime - emitir - encuesta - entender - fama - idea - impresión - incluso - judicatura - juicio - manifestar - mí - opinar - opositor - opositora - opuesta - opuesto - para - parecer - pericial - prender - previa - previo - pronunciarse - prospección - prudente - pulsar - ratificar - según - sentir - sesgar - solicitar - someter - sondeo English: about-face - about-turn - advance - adverse - approve of - argue - belief - book - change - colour - currency - current - dead - decided - differ - discount - editorial - esteem - estimation - feeling - find - frank - glowing - groundswell - high - inflated - initially - judge - judgement - judgment - like-minded - low - mind - minority - mirror - misguided - mixed - moderate - one-sided - opinion - opinion poll - opposing - opposite - outlook - partisan - poll - position - prerogative - prevail - prevailing
    tr[ə'pɪnɪən]
    ■ what's your opinion of the new goalkeeper? ¿qué opinas del nuevo portero?
    2 (evaluation, estimation) opinión nombre femenino, concepto
    3 (professional judgement, advice) opinión nombre femenino profesional
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in my opinion en mi opinión, a mi juicio, a mi parecer
    to be of the opinion that... opinar que...
    to have a high/low opinion of somebody tener buen/mal concepto de alguien
    opinion poll encuesta
    opinion [ə'pɪnjən] n
    : opinión f
    n.
    • concepto s.m.
    • consulta s.f.
    • dictamen s.m.
    • entender s.m.
    • idea s.f.
    • juicio s.m.
    • opinión s.f.
    • parecer s.m.
    • sentir s.m.
    • vista s.f.
    • voz (Voto) s.f.
    ə'pɪnjən
    1) c ( belief) opinión f

    what's your opinion? — ¿qué opinas?, ¿qué te parece?, ¿cuál es tu opinión or parecer?

    to be of the opinion that — ser* de la opinión or del parecer de que

    in my opinion — en mi opinión, a mi parecer, a mi juicio

    opinion ON o ABOUT something — opinión sobre or acerca de algo

    opinion OF something/somebody: what's your opinion of the plan/of Robinson? ¿qué opina del plan/de Robinson?, ¿qué opinión le merece el plan/Robinson?; to have a good o high/poor o low opinion of something/somebody — tener* buena/mala opinión de algo/alguien

    2) c (evaluation, judgment) opinión f
    3) u ( of body of people) opinión f
    [ǝ'pɪnjǝn]
    1. N
    1) (=belief, view) opinión f

    what's your opinion of him? — ¿qué opinas de él?, ¿qué opinión te merece?

    what's your opinion of this book? — ¿qué opinas de este libro?, ¿qué opinión te merece este libro?

    well, that's my opinion — por lo menos eso pienso yo

    • to ask sb's opinion (on or about sth) — pedir a algn su opinión or parecer (sobre or acerca de algo)

    when I want your opinion I'll ask for it! — ¡cuando quiera saber tu opinión, te la pediré!

    if you ask my opinion, he's hiding something — mi opinión es que está ocultando algo

    • there are differences of opinion as to what happened — hay discordancia or discrepancia de opiniones respecto a lo que pasó

    • to form an opinion of sth/sb — formarse una opinión sobre algo/algn

    • to have or hold an opinion on or about sth — tener una opinión sobre or acerca de algo

    she held the opinion that... — opinaba que...

    to have a high or good opinion of sth/sb — tener un alto concepto de algo/algn, tener muy buena opinión de algo/algn

    to have a poor or low opinion of sth/sb — tener un bajo concepto de algo/algn, tener muy mala opinión de algo/algn

    I haven't much of an opinion of him — no tengo un alto concepto de él, no tengo muy buena opinión de él

    • in my opinion — en mi opinión, a mi juicio

    • it's a matter of opinion — es cuestión de opiniones

    • to be of the opinion that... — opinar que...

    2) (=judgment) opinión f

    • we need an expert opinion — necesitamos la opinión de un experto

    • could you give us your professional opinion? — ¿nos puede dar su opinión (como) profesional?

    • to seek a second opinion — pedir una segunda opinión

    3) (=the prevailing view) opinión f

    he is in a position to influence opinion — está en una posición en la que puede ejercer influencia sobre las opiniones

    • medical opinion was divided over the case — la opinión médica estaba dividida con respecto al caso

    • they are trying to turn world opinion against the United States — están intentando poner al mundo entero en contra de Estados Unidos

    consensus, public 3.
    2.
    CPD

    opinion former, opinion maker N — formador(a) m / f de opinión

    opinion poll N — sondeo m (de opinión)

    opinion survey N — encuesta f de opinión

    * * *
    [ə'pɪnjən]
    1) c ( belief) opinión f

    what's your opinion? — ¿qué opinas?, ¿qué te parece?, ¿cuál es tu opinión or parecer?

    to be of the opinion that — ser* de la opinión or del parecer de que

    in my opinion — en mi opinión, a mi parecer, a mi juicio

    opinion ON o ABOUT something — opinión sobre or acerca de algo

    opinion OF something/somebody: what's your opinion of the plan/of Robinson? ¿qué opina del plan/de Robinson?, ¿qué opinión le merece el plan/Robinson?; to have a good o high/poor o low opinion of something/somebody — tener* buena/mala opinión de algo/alguien

    2) c (evaluation, judgment) opinión f
    3) u ( of body of people) opinión f

    English-spanish dictionary > opinion

  • 70 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 71 right

    1. adjective
    1) (on or related to the side of the body which in most people has the more skilful hand, or to the side of a person or thing which is toward the east when that person or thing is facing north (opposite to left): When I'm writing, I hold my pen in my right hand.) derecho
    2) (correct: Put that book back in the right place; Is that the right answer to the question?) correcto
    3) (morally correct; good: It's not right to let thieves keep what they have stolen.) bien
    4) (suitable; appropriate: He's not the right man for this job; When would be the right time to ask him?) adecuado, apropiado

    2. noun
    1) (something a person is, or ought to be, allowed to have, do etc: Everyone has the right to a fair trial; You must fight for your rights; You have no right to say that.) derecho
    2) (that which is correct or good: Who's in the right in this argument?) cierto, razón
    3) (the right side, part or direction: Turn to the right; Take the second road on the right.) derecha
    4) (in politics, the people, group, party or parties holding the more traditional beliefs etc.) derecha

    3. adverb
    1) (exactly: He was standing right here.) exactamente
    2) (immediately: I'll go right after lunch; I'll come right down.) inmediatamente
    3) (close: He was standing right beside me.) justo
    4) (completely; all the way: The bullet went right through his arm.) totalmente, completamente
    5) (to the right: Turn right.) a la derecha
    6) (correctly: Have I done that right?; I don't think this sum is going to turn out right.) bien, correctamente

    4. verb
    1) (to bring back to the correct, usually upright, position: The boat tipped over, but righted itself again.) enderezar
    2) (to put an end to and make up for something wrong that has been done: He's like a medieval knight, going about the country looking for wrongs to right.) corregir

    5. interjection
    (I understand; I'll do what you say etc: `I want you to type some letters for me.' `Right, I'll do them now.') de acuerdo, bien
    - righteously
    - righteousness
    - rightful
    - rightfully
    - rightly
    - rightness
    - righto
    - right-oh
    - rights
    - right angle
    - right-angled
    - right-hand
    - right-handed
    - right wing
    6. adjective
    ((right-wing) (having opinions which are) of this sort.) de derecha
    - by rights
    - by right
    - get
    - keep on the right side of
    - get right
    - go right
    - not in one's right mind
    - not quite right in the head
    - not right in the head
    - put right
    - put/set to rights
    - right away
    - right-hand man
    - right now
    - right of way
    - serve right
    right1 adj
    1. correcto
    can you tell me the right time? ¿me puedes decir la hora exacta?
    is this the High Street? That's right ¿es la Calle Mayor? Así es
    2. derecho
    right2 adv
    1. bien
    2. a la derecha
    turn right at the traffic lights en el semáforo, gira a la derecha
    3. justo / exactamente
    right3 n
    1. derecha
    2. bien
    3. derecho
    tr[raɪt]
    1 (not left) derecho,-a
    2 (correct) correcto,-a
    3 (just) justo,-a
    4 (suitable) apropiado,-a, adecuado,-a
    5 familiar (total) auténtico,-a, total
    1 a la derecha, hacia la derecha
    ■ turn right at the traffic lights en el semáforo, gira a la derecha
    2 (correctly) bien, correctamente
    3 (exactly) justo
    4 (well) bueno, bien
    ■ right, I'm going to bed bueno, yo me voy a la cama
    1 (not left) derecha
    2 (entitlement) derecho
    1 corregir
    2 SMALLMARITIME/SMALL enderezar
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    all right! ¡bien!, ¡conforme!, ¡vale!
    it serves you «(him, etc)» right te (le, etc) está bien empleado
    right away en seguida
    to be right tener razón
    to put right arreglar, corregir
    right and wrong el bien y el mal
    right angle ángulo recto
    right wing SMALLPOLITICS/SMALL derecha
    right ['raɪt] vt
    1) fix, restore: reparar
    to right the economy: reparar la economía
    2) straighten: enderezar
    right adv
    1) : bien
    to live right: vivir bien
    2) precisely: precisamente, justo
    right in the middle: justo en medio
    3) directly, straight: derecho, directamente
    he went right home: fue derecho a casa
    4) immediately: inmediatamente
    right after lunch: inmediatamente después del almuerzo
    5) completely: completamente
    he felt right at home: se sintió completamente cómodo
    6) : a la derecha
    to look left and right: mirar a la izquierda y a la derecha
    right adj
    1) upright: bueno, honrado
    right conduct: conducta honrada
    2) correct: correcto
    the right answer: la respuesta correcta
    3) appropriate: apropiado, adecuado, debido
    the right man for the job: el hombre perfecto para el trabajo
    4) straight: recto
    a right line: una línea recta
    5) : derecho
    the right hand: la mano derecha
    6) sound: bien
    he's not in his right mind: no está bien de la cabeza
    1) good: bien m
    to do right: hacer el bien
    2) : derecha f
    on the right: a la derecha
    3) or right hand : mano f derecha
    4) entitlement: derecho m
    the right to vote: el derecho a votar
    women's rights: los derechos de la mujer
    5)
    the Right : la derecha (en la política)
    adj.
    • acertado, -a adj.
    • ajustado, -a adj.
    • correcto, -a adj.
    • debido, -a adj.
    • derecho, -a adj.
    • diestro, -a adj.
    • enderezado, -a adj.
    • exacto, -a adj.
    • justo, -a adj.
    • lícito, -a adj.
    adv.
    • a la derecha adv.
    • bien adv.
    • justo adv.
    • mismo adv.
    interj.
    • cabal interj.
    n.
    • derechazo s.m.
    • derecho s.m.
    • justicia s.f.
    • privilegio s.m.
    • razón s.f.
    v.
    • adrizar v.
    • enderezar v.
    • endrezar v.

    I raɪt
    1) ( correct) <answer/interpretation> correcto

    are you sure this is the right house? — ¿estás seguro de que ésta es la casa or de que es aquí?

    did you press the right button? — ¿apretaste el botón que debías?

    do you have the right change? — ¿tienes el cambio justo?

    do you have the right time? — ¿tienes hora (buena)?

    to be right — \<\<person\>\> tener* razón, estar* en lo cierto; \<\<clock\>\> estar* bien

    how right she was! — cuánta razón tenía!, si habrá tenido razón!

    to be right ABOUT something/somebody — tener* razón en cuanto a algo/alguien

    to be right IN something: am I right in thinking this has happened before? si no me equivoco esto ya había pasado antes ¿no?; to get something right: you got two answers right acertaste dos respuestas; did I get your name right? ¿entendí bien tu nombre?; I guess you're Bobby - that's right! tú tienes que ser Bobby - el mismo! or así es!; two o'clock tomorrow, right? - right! — a las dos mañana ¿de acuerdo? - de acuerdo! or (esp Esp fam) vale!

    3) (good, suitable) adecuado, apropiado

    were the curtains the right length? — ¿estaban bien de largo las cortinas?

    if the price is right — si el precio es razonable, si está bien de precio

    4) (just, moral) (pred)

    to be right — ser* justo

    to be right to + inf — hacer* bien en + inf

    a) ( in order)

    it's too quiet: something's not right — hay demasiado silencio, algo pasa

    b) (fit, healthy) (colloq) bien
    6) ( complete) (BrE colloq) (before n)
    7) ( Math)

    right angle — ángulo m recto

    right triangle — (AmE) triángulo m rectángulo

    8) (before n) <side/ear/shoe> derecho

    II
    1) (correctly, well) bien, correctamente

    I had guessed right — había adivinado, no me había equivocado

    nothing goes right for them — todo les sale mal, nada les sale bien

    to do right by somebody — portarse bien con alguien; serve I 2)

    2)
    a) (all the way, completely)
    b) ( directly)

    it's right in front of you — lo tienes allí delante or (fam) delante de las narices

    he was right here/there — estaba aquí mismo/allí mismo

    3) <turn/look> a la derecha

    III
    1)
    a) c u ( entitlement) derecho m

    right to something/+ INF — derecho a algo/+ inf

    in her/his/its own right: she is Queen in her own right es Reina a título propio or por derecho propio; she is also a composer in her own right ella también es compositora; the title is his by right el título le corresponde a él; by what right? — ¿con qué derecho?

    b) rights pl derechos mpl

    to be within one's rights — estar* en su (or mi etc) derecho

    2) u c ( what is correct)

    to know right from wrong — saber* distinguir entre el bien y el mal

    to be in the right — tener* razón, llevar la razón, estar* en lo cierto

    to put o set something to rights — (esp BrE) arreglar algo

    3)
    a) u ( opposite the left) derecha f

    the one on the right — el/la de la derecha

    to drive on the right — manejar or (Esp) conducir* por la derecha

    on o to my/your right — a mi/tu derecha

    take the next right — tome or (esp Esp) coja la próxima a la derecha

    to make o (BrE) take a right — girar or torcer* or doblar a la derecha

    c) ( Sport) ( hand) derecha f; ( blow) derechazo m
    4) u ( Pol)

    IV
    a) ( set upright) enderezar*
    b) ( redress) \<\<injustice\>\> reparar

    V
    interjection (colloq) bueno!, vale! (Esp fam)
    [raɪt]
    1. ADJ
    1) (=morally good, just) justo

    it is/seems only right that she should get the biggest share — es/me parece justo que ella reciba la mayor parte, está/me parece bien que ella reciba la mayor parte

    it's not right! — ¡no hay derecho!

    I thought it right to ask permission first — me pareció conveniente preguntarle antes, pensé que debía preguntarle antes

    would it be right for me to ask him? — ¿debería preguntárselo?

    to do the right thing, do what is right — hacer lo correcto, actuar correctamente

    doing the right thing by a pregnant girlfriend meant marrying her — hacer lo que Dios manda con una novia embarazada significaba casarse con ella

    2) (=suitable) [tool, clothes] apropiado, adecuado; [time] oportuno

    to choose the right moment for sth/to do sth — elegir el momento oportuno para algo/para hacer algo

    that's the right attitude! — ¡haces bien!

    • the balance of humour and tragedy is just right — el equilibrio entre humor y tragedia es perfecto

    "is there too much salt in it?" - "no, it's just right" — -¿tiene demasiada sal? -no, está en su punto justo

    • Mr Right — el novio soñado, el marido ideal

    • to know the right people — tener enchufes or (LAm) palanca

    he knows all the right people — tiene enchufes or (LAm) palanca en todas partes

    • I just happened to be in the right place at the right time — dio la casualidad de que estaba en el sitio adecuado en el momento adecuado

    • if the price is right — si el precio es razonable

    • he's on the right side of 40 — tiene menos de 40 años

    • to say the right thing — decir lo que hay que decir, tener las palabras justas

    • we'll do it when the time is right — lo haremos en el momento oportuno or a su debido tiempo

    • the right word — la palabra exacta or apropiada

    3) (=correct) correcto, exacto

    right first time! — ¡exactamente!, ¡exacto!

    "she's your sister?" - "that's right!" — -¿es tu hermana? -¡eso es! or ¡así es! or ¡exacto!

    that's right! it has to go through that hole — ¡eso es! tiene que pasar por ese agujero

    she said she'd done it, isn't that right, mother? — dijo que lo había hecho ¿no es así, madre? or ¿a que sí, madre?

    you mean he offered to pay? is that right, Harry? — ¿dices que se ofreció a pagar? ¿es eso cierto, Harry?

    and quite right too! — ¡y con razón!

    am I right for the station? — ¿por aquí se va a la estación?, ¿voy bien (por aquí) para la estación?

    • the right answer — la respuesta correcta; (Math) (to problem) la solución correcta

    • right you are! * — ¡vale!, ¡muy bien!

    • I was beginning to wonder whether I had the right day — empezaba a preguntarme si me habría equivocado de día

    • to get sth right — (=guess correctly) acertar en algo; (=do properly) hacer algo bien

    you didn't get it right, so you lose five points — no acertaste or te equivocaste, así que pierdes cinco puntos

    let's get it right this time! — ¡a ver si esta vez nos sale bien!

    • is this the right house? — ¿es esta la casa?

    • he can't even sing the right notes — no sabe ni dar las notas bien

    • are you sure you've got the right number? — (Telec) ¿seguro que es ese el número?

    • to put sb right — sacar a algn de su error; (unpleasantly) enmendar la plana a algn

    I'm confused, and I wanted you to put me right — tengo dudas y quisiera que tú me las aclararas

    if you tell the story wrong the child will soon put you right — si te equivocas al contar la historia, el niño enseguida te corrige or te saca de tu error

    to put a mistake right — corregir or rectificar un error

    • is this the right road for Segovia? — ¿es este el camino de Segovia?, ¿por aquí se va a Segovia?

    are we on the right road? — ¿vamos por buen camino?, ¿vamos bien por esta carretera?

    • it's not the right shade of green — no es el tono de verde que yo busco

    • the right side of the fabric — el (lado) derecho de la tela

    • is the skirt the right size? — ¿va bien la falda de talla?

    it's not the right size/length — no vale de talla/de largo

    • the right time — la hora exacta

    is that the right time? — ¿es esa la hora?

    do you have the right time? — ¿tienes hora buena?, ¿sabes qué hora es exactamente?

    - get on the right side of sb
    4) (=in the right)

    • to be right — [person] tener razón, estar en lo cierto

    you're quite right, you're dead right * — tienes toda la razón

    how right you are! — ¡qué razón tienes!

    • to be right about sth/sb, you were right about there being none left — tenías razón cuando decías que no quedaba ninguno

    you were right about Peter, he's totally unreliable — tenías razón en lo de Peter or con respecto a Peter: no hay quien se fíe de él

    • am I right in thinking that we've met before? — si no me equivoco ya nos conocemos ¿no?

    you were right in calling the doctor, it was appendicitis — hiciste bien en llamar al médico, era apendicitis

    5) (=in order)

    • it will all come right in the end — todo se arreglará al final

    • she's not quite right in the head — no está en sus cabales

    • to be in one's right mind — en su sano juicio

    • to put sth/sb right, I hope the garage can put the car right — espero que me sepan arreglar el coche en el taller

    that's soon put right — eso se arregla fácilmente, eso tiene fácil arreglo

    • all's right with the world — todo va bien

    - be/feel as right as rain
    6) (=not left) derecho

    I'd give my right arm to know — daría cualquier cosa or todo el oro del mundo por saberlo

    7) (Math) [angle] recto
    8) (Brit)
    * (as intensifier) (=complete)

    she made a right mess of it — lo hizo fatal *, le salió un buen churro (Sp) *

    you're a right one to talk — iro mira quién habla

    Charlie
    2. ADV
    1) (=directly, exactly)

    • right away — en seguida, ahora mismo, ahorita (mismo) (Mex, And)

    • it happened right before our eyes — ocurrió delante de nuestros propios ojos

    • she was standing right behind/in front of him — estaba justo detrás/delante de él

    • right here — aquí mismo or (CAm) mero

    • he was standing right in the middle of the road — estaba justo en el centro or (CAm) en el mero centro de la calle

    • right now — (=immediately) ahora mismo; (=at the moment) (justo) ahora

    she's busy right now — ahora mismo or justo ahora está ocupada

    • he could tell right off that I was a foreigner — reconoció de inmediato que yo era extranjero

    • to go right on — seguir todo derecho

    right on! * — † ¡eso es!, ¡de acuerdo!

    • she should come right out and say so — debería ser clara y decirlo

    • it fell right on top of me — me cayó justo encima

    2) (=immediately) justo, inmediatamente

    • I'll do it right after dinner — lo haré justo or inmediatamente después de cenar

    • I'll be right back — vuelvo en seguida

    • come right in! — ¡ven aquí dentro!

    • I'll be right over — voy en seguida

    • I had to decide right then — tenía que decidirme allí mismo

    3) (=completely)

    • we were sat right at the back — estábamos sentados atrás del todo

    • he put his hand in right to the bottom — introdujo la mano hasta el mismo fondo

    • their house is right at the end of the street — su casa está justo al final de la calle

    she was a very active old lady, right to the end — fue una anciana muy activa hasta el final

    • to push sth right in — meter algo hasta el fondo

    • there is a fence right round the house — hay una valla que rodea la casa por completo

    • to read a book right through — leer un libro hasta el final

    • he filled it right up — lo llenó del todo

    4) (=correctly) bien, correctamente

    you did right to/not to invite them — hiciste bien en invitarlos/en no invitarlos

    if I remember right — si mal no recuerdo, si no me falla la memoria

    it's him, right enough! — ¡seguro que es él!

    5) (=fairly)

    • to do right by sb — portarse como es debido con algn

    • don't worry about the pay, John will see you right — no te preocupes por el sueldo, John se encargará de que te paguen lo que te corresponde

    • to treat sb right — tratar bien a algn

    serve
    6) (=properly, satisfactorily) bien
    7) (=not left) a la derecha

    • eyes right! — (Mil) ¡vista a la derecha!

    • to turn right — torcer a la derecha

    right (about) turn! — ¡media vuelta a la derecha!

    left II, 1., 1)

    right, who's next? — a ver, ¿quién va ahora?

    right then, let's begin! — ¡empecemos, pues!

    3. N
    1) (=what is morally right, just)

    • by rights the house should go to me — lo suyo or lo propio es que la casa me correspondiera a mí

    • to be in the right — tener razón, estar en lo cierto

    • to put or set sth to rights — arreglar algo

    to set or put the world to rights — arreglar el mundo

    • to have right on one's side — tener la razón de su parte

    wrong 3.
    2) (=prerogative) derecho m

    what gives you the right or what right have you got to criticize me? — ¿qué derecho tienes tú a criticarme?

    who gave you the right to come in here? — ¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar aquí?

    • as of right — por derecho propio

    • by right of — por or en razón de

    by what right do you make all the decisions? — ¿con qué derecho tomas tú todas las decisiones?

    • to own sth in one's own right — poseer algo por derecho propio

    • right to reply — derecho m de réplica

    • right of way — derecho m de paso; (Aut etc) (=precedence) prioridad f

    abode, assembly, exercise, reserve 2., 1)
    3) rights derechos mpl

    • civil rights — derechos mpl civiles

    • film rights — derechos mpl cinematográficos

    • human rights — derechos mpl humanos

    • insist on your legal rights — hazte valer tus derechos legales

    • they don't have voting rights — no tienen derecho al voto or de voto

    • to be (well) within one's rights — estar en su derecho

    • women's rights — derechos de la mujer

    all rights reserved — es propiedad, reservados todos los derechos

    4) (=not left) derecha f

    • reading from right to left — leyendo de derecha a izquierda

    • to keep to the right — (Aut) circular por la derecha

    • our house is the second on the right — nuestra casa es la segunda a or de la derecha

    • on or to my right — a mi derecha

    5) (Pol)

    to be on or to the right of sth/sb — (Pol) estar a la derecha de algo/algn

    6) (=right turn)

    to take or make a right — girar a la derecha

    7) (Boxing) (=punch) derechazo m; (=right hand) derecha f
    4.
    VT (=put straight) [+ crooked picture] enderezar; (=correct) [+ mistake] corregir; [+ injustice] reparar; (=put right way up) [+ vehicle, person] enderezar

    • he tried to right himself but the leg was broken — intentó ponerse de pie pero tenía la pierna rota

    • to right itself — [vehicle] enderezarse; [situation] rectificarse

    • to right a wrong — deshacer un agravio, reparar un daño

    5.
    CPD

    right angle N — ángulo m recto

    to be at right angles (to sth) — estar en or formar ángulo recto (con algo)

    right back N — (Sport) (=player) lateral mf derecho(-a); (=position) lateral m derecho

    right half N — (Sport) medio m (volante) derecho

    rights issue N — emisión f de acciones

    right to life N — derecho m a la vida

    right-to-life

    right triangle (US) N — triángulo m rectángulo

    right turn N —

    to take or make a right turn — (Aut) girar a la derecha; (Pol) dar un giro a la derecha

    right wing N — (Pol) derecha f; right-wing; (Sport) (=position) ala f derecha

    * * *

    I [raɪt]
    1) ( correct) <answer/interpretation> correcto

    are you sure this is the right house? — ¿estás seguro de que ésta es la casa or de que es aquí?

    did you press the right button? — ¿apretaste el botón que debías?

    do you have the right change? — ¿tienes el cambio justo?

    do you have the right time? — ¿tienes hora (buena)?

    to be right — \<\<person\>\> tener* razón, estar* en lo cierto; \<\<clock\>\> estar* bien

    how right she was! — cuánta razón tenía!, si habrá tenido razón!

    to be right ABOUT something/somebody — tener* razón en cuanto a algo/alguien

    to be right IN something: am I right in thinking this has happened before? si no me equivoco esto ya había pasado antes ¿no?; to get something right: you got two answers right acertaste dos respuestas; did I get your name right? ¿entendí bien tu nombre?; I guess you're Bobby - that's right! tú tienes que ser Bobby - el mismo! or así es!; two o'clock tomorrow, right? - right! — a las dos mañana ¿de acuerdo? - de acuerdo! or (esp Esp fam) vale!

    3) (good, suitable) adecuado, apropiado

    were the curtains the right length? — ¿estaban bien de largo las cortinas?

    if the price is right — si el precio es razonable, si está bien de precio

    4) (just, moral) (pred)

    to be right — ser* justo

    to be right to + inf — hacer* bien en + inf

    a) ( in order)

    it's too quiet: something's not right — hay demasiado silencio, algo pasa

    b) (fit, healthy) (colloq) bien
    6) ( complete) (BrE colloq) (before n)
    7) ( Math)

    right angle — ángulo m recto

    right triangle — (AmE) triángulo m rectángulo

    8) (before n) <side/ear/shoe> derecho

    II
    1) (correctly, well) bien, correctamente

    I had guessed right — había adivinado, no me había equivocado

    nothing goes right for them — todo les sale mal, nada les sale bien

    to do right by somebody — portarse bien con alguien; serve I 2)

    2)
    a) (all the way, completely)
    b) ( directly)

    it's right in front of you — lo tienes allí delante or (fam) delante de las narices

    he was right here/there — estaba aquí mismo/allí mismo

    3) <turn/look> a la derecha

    III
    1)
    a) c u ( entitlement) derecho m

    right to something/+ INF — derecho a algo/+ inf

    in her/his/its own right: she is Queen in her own right es Reina a título propio or por derecho propio; she is also a composer in her own right ella también es compositora; the title is his by right el título le corresponde a él; by what right? — ¿con qué derecho?

    b) rights pl derechos mpl

    to be within one's rights — estar* en su (or mi etc) derecho

    2) u c ( what is correct)

    to know right from wrong — saber* distinguir entre el bien y el mal

    to be in the right — tener* razón, llevar la razón, estar* en lo cierto

    to put o set something to rights — (esp BrE) arreglar algo

    3)
    a) u ( opposite the left) derecha f

    the one on the right — el/la de la derecha

    to drive on the right — manejar or (Esp) conducir* por la derecha

    on o to my/your right — a mi/tu derecha

    take the next right — tome or (esp Esp) coja la próxima a la derecha

    to make o (BrE) take a right — girar or torcer* or doblar a la derecha

    c) ( Sport) ( hand) derecha f; ( blow) derechazo m
    4) u ( Pol)

    IV
    a) ( set upright) enderezar*
    b) ( redress) \<\<injustice\>\> reparar

    V
    interjection (colloq) bueno!, vale! (Esp fam)

    English-spanish dictionary > right

  • 72 good

    1. adjective,
    1) (satisfactory) gut; (reliable) gut; zuverlässig; (sufficient) gut; ausreichend [Vorrat]; ausgiebig [Mahl]; (competent) gut; geeignet

    his good eye/leg — sein gesundes Auge/Bein

    Late again! It's just not good enough! — (coll.) Schon wieder zu spät. So geht es einfach nicht!

    be good at something — in etwas (Dat.) gut sein

    speak good English — gut[es] Englisch sprechen

    be good with people — etc. mit Menschen usw. gut od. leicht zurechtkommen

    2) (favourable, advantageous) gut; günstig [Gelegenheit, Augenblick, Angebot]

    too good to be true — zu schön, um wahr zu sein

    the good thing about it is that... — das Gute daran ist, dass...

    you can have too much of a good thing — man kann es auch übertreiben

    be good for somebody/something — gut für jemanden/etwas sein

    eat more than is good for one — mehr essen, als einem guttut

    it's a good thing you told him — nur gut, dass du es ihm gesagt hast

    3) (prosperous) gut
    4) (enjoyable) schön [Leben, Urlaub, Wochenende]

    the good old days — die gute alte Zeit

    the good life — das angenehme[, sorglose] Leben

    have a good time! — viel Spaß od. Vergnügen!

    it's good to be home again — es ist schön, wieder zu Hause zu sein

    5) (cheerful) gut; angenehm [Patient]

    good humour or spirits or mood — gute Laune

    I'm not feeling too good — (coll.) mir geht es nicht sehr gut

    6) (well-behaved) gut; brav

    be good!, be a good girl/boy! — sei brav od. lieb!

    [as] good as gold — ganz artig od. brav

    7) (virtuous) rechtschaffen; (kind) nett; gut [Absicht, Wünsche, Benehmen, Tat]

    would you be so good as to or good enough to do that? — wären Sie so freundlich od. nett, das zu tun?

    that/it is good of you — das/es ist nett od. lieb von dir

    8) (commendable) gut

    good for you — etc. (coll.) bravo!

    good old Jim — etc. (coll.) der gute alte Jim usw. (ugs.)

    my good man/friend — (coll.) mein lieber Herr/Freund (ugs.; auch iron.)

    that's a good one — (coll.) der ist gut! (ugs.); (iron.) das ist'n Ding! (ugs.)

    9) (attractive) schön; gut [Figur, Haltung]; gepflegt [Erscheinung, Äußeres]; wohlgeformt [Beine]
    10) (thorough) gut

    have a good weep/rest/sleep — sich richtig ausweinen/ausruhen/[sich] richtig ausschlafen (ugs.)

    11) (considerable) [recht] ansehnlich [Menschenmenge]; ganz schön, ziemlich (ugs.) [Stück Wegs, Entfernung, Zeitraum, Strecke]; gut, anständig [Preis, Erlös]; hoch [Alter]
    12) (sound, valid) gut [Grund, Rat, Gedanke]; berechtigt [Anspruch]; (Commerc.) solide [Kunde]; sicher [Anleihe, Kredit]

    good sense — Vernünftigkeit, die

    have the good sense to do something — so vernünftig sein, etwas zu tun

    13) (in greetings)

    good afternoon/day — guten Tag!

    good evening/morning — guten Abend/Morgen!

    14) in exclamation gut

    very good, sir — sehr wohl!

    good God/Lord — etc. see nouns

    15) (best) gut [Geschirr, Anzug]
    16) (correct, fitting) gut; (appropriate) angebracht; ratsam
    17)

    as good as — so gut wie

    18)

    make good — (succeed) erfolgreich sein; (effect) in die Tat umsetzen; ausführen [Plan]; erfüllen [Versprechen]; (compensate for) wieder gutmachen [Fehler]; (indemnify) ersetzen [Schaden, Ausgaben]. See also academic.ru/6608/best">best 1.; better 1.

    2. adverb as intensifier
    (coll.)

    good and... — richtig...

    hit somebody good and proper — jemanden ordentlich verprügeln. See also best 2.; better 2.

    3. noun
    1) (use) Nutzen, der

    be some good to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache nützen

    he'll never be any good — aus dem wird nichts Gutes werden

    be no good to somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas nicht zu gebrauchen sein

    it is no/not much good doing something — es hat keinen/kaum einen Sinn, etwas zu tun

    what's the good of...?, what good is...? — was nützt...?

    2) (benefit)

    for your/his etc. own good — zu deinem/seinem usw. Besten od. eigenen Vorteil

    for the good of mankind/the country — zum Wohl[e] der Menschheit/des Landes

    do no/little good — nichts/wenig helfen od. nützen

    do somebody/something good — jemandem/einer Sache nützen; [Ruhe, Erholung:] jemandem/einer Sache gut tun; [Arznei:] jemandem/einer Sache helfen

    I'll tell him, but what good will that do? — ich sag es ihm, aber was nützt od. hilft das schon?

    come home £10 to the good — mit 10 Pfund plus nach Hause kommen

    3) (goodness) Gute, das

    the difference between good and bad or evil — der Unterschied zwischen Gut und Böse

    4) (kind acts) Gute, das

    be up to no good — nichts Gutes im Sinn haben od. im Schilde führen

    5)

    for good [and all] — (finally) ein für allemal; (permanently) für immer [und ewig]; endgültig

    6) constr. as pl. (virtuous people)
    7) in pl. (wares etc.) Waren; (Brit. Railw.) Fracht, die; attrib. Güter[bahnhof, -wagen, -zug]
    8) in pl.

    the goods — (coll.): (what is wanted) das Gewünschte; das Verlangte

    deliver the goods — (fig.) halten, was man verspricht

    * * *
    [ɡud] 1. comparative - better; adjective
    1) (well-behaved; not causing trouble etc: Be good!; She's a good baby.) gut
    2) (correct, desirable etc: She was a good wife; good manners; good English.) gut
    3) (of high quality: good food/literature; His singing is very good.) gut
    4) (skilful; able to do something well: a good doctor; good at tennis; good with children.) geschickt
    5) (kind: You've been very good to him; a good father.) gut
    6) (helpful; beneficial: Exercise is good for you.; Cheese is good for you.) gut
    7) (pleased, happy etc: I'm in a good mood today.) gut
    8) (pleasant; enjoyable: to read a good book; Ice-cream is good to eat.) gut
    9) (considerable; enough: a good salary; She talked a good deal of nonsense.) reichlich
    10) (suitable: a good man for the job.) geeignet
    11) (sound, fit: good health; good eyesight; a car in good condition.) gut
    12) (sensible: Can you think of one good reason for doing that?) gut
    13) (showing approval: We've had very good reports about you.) gut
    14) (thorough: a good clean.) gewissenhaft
    15) (healthy or in a positive mood: I don't feel very good this morning.) gut
    2. noun
    1) (advantage or benefit: He worked for the good of the poor; for your own good; What's the good of a broken-down car?) der Nutzen
    2) (goodness: I always try to see the good in people.) das Gute
    3. interjection
    (an expression of approval, gladness etc.) gut!
    4. interjection
    ((also my goodness) an expression of surprise etc.) du meine Güte!
    - goods
    - goody
    - goodbye
    - good-day
    - good evening
    - good-for-nothing
    - good humour
    - good-humoured
    - good-humouredly
    - good-looking
    - good morning
    - good afternoon
    - good-day
    - good evening
    - good night
    - good-natured
    - goodwill
    - good will
    - good works
    - as good as
    - be as good as one's word
    - be up to no good
    - deliver the goods
    - for good
    - for goodness' sake
    - good for
    - good for you
    - him
    - Good Friday
    - good gracious
    - good heavens
    - goodness gracious
    - goodness me
    - good old
    - make good
    - no good
    - put in a good word for
    - take something in good part
    - take in good part
    - thank goodness
    - to the good
    * * *
    [gʊd]
    <better, best>
    1. (of high quality) gut
    there's nothing like a \good book es geht nichts über ein gutes Buch
    she speaks \good Spanish sie spricht gut Spanisch
    dogs have a \good sense of smell Hunde haben einen guten Geruchssinn
    he's got \good intuition about such matters er hat in diesen Dingen ein gutes Gespür
    your reasons make \good sense but... deine Gründe sind durchaus einleuchtend, aber...
    \good show [or job]! gut gemacht!
    I need a \good meal now jetzt brauche ich was Ordentliches zu essen!
    the child had the \good sense to... das Kind besaß die Geistesgegenwart...
    he only has one \good leg er hat nur ein gesundes Bein
    that's a \good one ( iron) haha, der war gut! iron
    \good appetite gesunder Appetit
    to be a \good catch eine gute Partie sein
    a \good choice/decision eine gute Wahl/Entscheidung
    \good ears/eyes gute Ohren/Augen
    to do a \good job gute Arbeit leisten
    to be in \good shape in guter [körperlicher] Verfassung sein
    \good thinking gute Idee
    \good timing gutes Timing
    to be/not be \good enough gut/nicht gut genug sein
    that's just not \good enough! so geht das nicht!
    if she says so that's \good enough for me wenn sie es sagt, reicht mir das
    to be \good for nothing zu nichts taugen
    to feel \good sich akk gut fühlen
    I don't feel too \good today heute geht's mir nicht besonders fam
    2. (skilled) gut, begabt
    ▪ to be \good at sth gut in etw dat sein
    he's a \good runner [or he's \good at running] er ist ein guter Läufer
    she's very \good at learning foreign languages sie ist sehr sprachbegabt
    he's not very \good at maths [or AM in math] er ist nicht besonders gut in Mathe
    this book is \good on international export law dieses Buch ist sehr gut, wenn man etwas über internationale Exportbestimmungen erfahren möchte
    he is particularly \good on American history besonders gut kennt er sich in amerikanischer Geschichte aus
    ▪ to be \good with sth with children mit etw dat gut umgehen können
    to be \good with one's hands geschickt mit seinen Händen sein
    to be \good in bed gut im Bett sein fam
    to be \good with people gut mit Leuten umgehen können
    3. (pleasant) schön
    that was a really \good story, Mummy das war echt eine tolle Geschichte, Mama fam
    that was the best party in a long time das war die beste Party seit Langem
    it's \good to see [or seeing] you after all these years schön, dich nach all den Jahren wiederzusehen!
    \good morning/evening guten Morgen/Abend
    \good day esp BRIT, AUS guten Tag; ( dated: said at departure) guten Tag
    to have a \good day/evening einen schönen Tag/Abend haben
    have a \good day schönen Tag noch!
    \good news gute Neuigkeiten
    to have a \good time [viel] Spaß haben
    \good weather schönes Wetter
    to have a \good one ( fam) einen schönen Tag haben
    4. (appealing to senses) gut, schön
    after a two-week vacation, they came back with \good tans nach zwei Wochen Urlaub kamen sie gut gebräunt zurück
    most dancers have \good legs die meisten Tänzer haben schöne Beine
    to look/smell/sound/taste \good gut aussehen/riechen/klingen/schmecken
    sb looks \good in sth clothes etw steht jdm
    to have \good looks, to be \good-looking gut aussehen
    he made a very \good impression at the interview er hat beim Vorstellungsgespräch einen sehr guten Eindruck gemacht
    there's a \good chance [that]... die Chancen stehen gut, dass...
    we got a \good deal on our new fridge wir haben unseren neuen Kühlschrank günstig erstanden
    the play got \good reviews [or a \good press] das Stück hat gute Kritiken bekommen
    it's a \good job we didn't go camping last weekend — the weather was awful zum Glück sind wir letztes Wochenende nicht campen gegangen — das Wetter war schrecklich
    the \good life das süße Leben
    \good luck [on sth] viel Glück [bei etw dat]
    best of luck on your exams today! alles Gute für deine Prüfung heute!
    a \good omen ein gutes Omen
    to be too much of a \good thing zu viel des Guten sein
    you can have too much of a \good thing man kann es auch übertreiben
    \good times gute Zeiten
    to be too \good to be true zu schön, um wahr zu sein
    to have [got] it \good ( fam) es gut haben
    6. (beneficial) vorteilhaft
    ▪ to be \good for sb gut für jdn sein
    milk is \good for you Milch ist gesund
    to be \good for business/for headaches gut fürs Geschäft/gegen Kopfschmerzen sein
    7. (useful) nützlich, sinnvoll
    we had a \good discussion on the subject wir hatten eine klärende Diskussion über die Sache
    it's \good that you checked the door gut, dass du die Tür nochmal überprüft hast
    8. (on time)
    in \good time rechtzeitig
    be patient, you'll hear the result all in \good time seien Sie geduldig, Sie erfahren das Ergebnis noch früh genug
    in one's own \good time in seinem eigenen Rhythmus
    to be a \good time to do sth ein guter Zeitpunkt sein, [um] etw zu tun
    10. inv (kind) freundlich, lieb
    the college has been very \good about her health problem die Hochschule zeigte sehr viel Verständnis für ihr gesundheitliches Problem
    it was very \good of you to help us es war sehr lieb von dir, uns zu helfen
    he's got a \good heart er hat ein gutes Herz
    be so \good as to... sei doch bitte so nett und...
    would you be \good enough to... wären Sie so nett und...
    \good deeds/works gute Taten
    to do a \good deed eine gute Tat tun
    11. (moral) gut
    the G\good Book die [heilige] Bibel
    for a \good cause für einen guten Zweck
    to set a \good example to sb jdm ein gutes Vorbild sein
    sb's \good name/reputation jds guter Name/guter Ruf
    to be [as] \good as one's word vertrauenswürdig sein
    \good dog! braver Hund!
    be a \good girl and... sei ein liebes Mädchen [o sei so lieb] und...
    OK, I'll be a \good sport o.k., ich will mal kein Spielverderber sein
    she's been as \good as gold all evening sie hat sich den ganzen Abend über ausgezeichnet benommen
    to be on \good/one's best behaviour sich akk gut benehmen/von seiner besten Seite zeigen
    \good loser guter Verlierer/gute Verliererin
    13. attr, inv (thorough) gut, gründlich
    the house needs a \good clean[ing] das Haus sollte mal gründlich geputzt werden
    have a \good think about it lass es dir noch einmal gut durch den Kopf gehen
    now, now — have a \good cry schon gut — wein dich mal so richtig aus
    they have built a \good case against the suspect sie haben einen hieb- und stichfesten Fall gegen den Verdächtigen aufgebaut
    we had some \good fun at the amusement park wir hatten so richtig viel Spaß im Vergnügungspark
    a \good beating eine gründliche Tracht Prügel
    to have a \good laugh ordentlich lachen
    to have a \good look at sth sich dat etw genau ansehen
    a \good talking to eine Standpauke
    14. pred, inv (valid) gültig; (not forged) banknote echt; (usable) gut
    this car should be \good for another year or so dieses Auto hält wohl schon noch ein Jahr oder so
    he gave us a gift certificate \good for $100 er hat uns einen Geschenkgutschein über 100 Dollar überreicht
    this ticket is only \good on weekends dieses Ticket gilt nur an Wochenenden
    my credit card is only \good for another month meine Kreditkarte ist nur noch einen Monat gültig
    15. attr, inv (substantial) beträchtlich
    we walked a \good distance today wir sind heute ein ordentliches Stück gelaufen
    she makes \good money at her new job sie verdient in ihrem neuen Job gutes Geld
    it's a \good half hour's walk to the station from here von hier bis zum Bahnhof ist es zu Fuß eine gute halbe Stunde
    a \good deal jede Menge
    you're looking a \good deal better now du siehst jetzt ein gutes Stück besser aus
    to make a \good profit einen beträchtlichen Profit machen
    a \good few/many eine ganze Menge
    16. pred, inv FOOD (not rotten) gut
    17. pred, inv (able to provide) gut
    he is always \good for a laugh er ist immer gut für einen Witz
    thanks for the loan and don't worry, I'm \good for it danke für den Kredit und keine Sorge, ich zahle ihn zurück
    her credit is \good sie ist kreditwürdig
    ▪ as \good as... so gut wie...
    our firewood is as \good as gone unser Feuerholz ist nahezu aufgebraucht
    to be as \good as dead/new so gut wie tot/neu sein
    they as \good as called me a liar sie nannten mich praktisch eine Lügnerin!
    19. attr, inv (to emphasize) schön
    I need a \good long holiday ich brauche mal wieder so einen richtig schönen langen Urlaub!
    what you need is a \good hot cup of coffee was du brauchst, ist eine gute Tasse heißen Kaffee
    ▪ \good and...:
    she's really \good and mad sie ist so richtig sauer
    I'll do it when I'm \good and ready, and not one minute before ich mache es, sobald ich fertig bin und keine Minute früher!
    20. BRIT (said to accept order)
    very \good sehr wohl! veraltet
    \good Lord [or heavens]! gütiger Himmel! geh
    \good gracious! ach du liebe Zeit!
    \good grief! du meine Güte!
    \good egg! BRIT ( dated) ausgezeichnet!; ( iron)
    oh, — \good for you! oh, schön für dich! iron
    22. attr, inv (said to express affection)
    \good old James! der gute alte James!
    the \good old days die gute alte Zeit
    23.
    ▶ if you can't be \good, be careful ( prov) wenn man schon was anstellt, sollte man sich wenigstens nicht [dabei] erwischen lassen
    ▶ it's as \good as it gets besser wird's nicht mehr
    ▶ to give as \good as one gets es [jdm] mit gleicher Münze heimzahlen
    ▶ \good to go fertig, bereit
    ▶ to have a \good innings BRIT ein schönes Leben haben
    ▶ to make \good zu Geld kommen
    ▶ to make sth ⇆ \good (repair) etw reparieren; mistake etw wiedergutmachen; (pay for) etw wettmachen fam; (do successfully) etw schaffen
    ▶ to make \good time gut in der Zeit liegen
    ▶ for \good measure als Draufgabe, obendrein
    ▶ \good riddance Gott sei Dank!
    ▶ she's \good for another few years! mit ihr muss man noch ein paar Jahre rechnen!
    II. ADVERB
    1. esp AM DIAL ( fam: well) gut
    boy, she can sure sing \good, can't she? Junge, die kann aber gut singen, oder?
    2. ( fam: thoroughly) gründlich
    to do sth \good and proper etw richtig gründlich tun
    well, you've broken the table \good and proper na, den Tisch hast du aber so richtig ruiniert!
    III. NOUN
    1. (moral force) Gute nt
    \good and evil Gut und Böse
    to be up to no \good nichts Gutes im Schilde führen
    to do \good Gutes tun
    ▪ the \good pl die Guten pl
    2. (benefit) Wohl nt
    this medicine will do you a [or the] world of \good diese Medizin wird Ihnen unglaublich gut tun
    to do more harm than \good mehr schaden als nützen
    for the \good of his health zum Wohle seiner Gesundheit, seiner Gesundheit zuliebe
    for the \good of the nation zum Wohle der Nation
    for one's own \good zu seinem eigenen Besten
    3. (purpose) Nutzen m
    to be no [or not to be any] /not much \good nichts/wenig nützen
    that young man is no \good dieser junge Mann ist ein Taugenichts
    to not do much/any \good nicht viel/nichts nützen
    even a small donation can do a lot of \good auch eine kleine Spende kann eine Menge helfen
    that won't do much \good das wird auch nicht viel nützen
    it's no \good complaining all day den ganzen Tag rumzujammern bringt auch nichts! fam
    what \good is sitting alone in your room? was bringt es, hier alleine in deinem Zimmer zu sitzen?; ( iron)
    a lot of \good that'll do [you]! das wird [dir] ja viel nützen! iron
    4. (profit)
    we were £7,000 to the \good when we sold our house als wir unser Haus verkauften, haben wir einen Gewinn von 7.000 Pfund eingestrichen; ( fig)
    he was two gold medals to the \good by the end of the day am Ende des Tages war er um zwei Goldmedaillen reicher
    5. (ability)
    ▪ to be no \good at sth etw nicht gut können, bei etw dat nicht [sonderlich] gut sein
    6. COMM Gut nt, Ware f
    7.
    ▶ for \good [and all] für immer [und ewig]
    * * *
    [gʊd]
    1. ADJECTIVE
    comp better, superl best
    1) gut

    that's a good one! (joke) — das ist ein guter Witz; ( usu iro : excuse ) wers glaubt, wird selig! (inf)

    he tells a good story —

    you've never had it so good! — es ist euch noch nie so gut gegangen, ihr habt es noch nie so gut gehabt

    it's too good to be true — es ist zu schön, um wahr zu sein

    this is as good as it gets — besser wirds nicht mehr __diams; to be good at sth gut in etw (dat) sein

    to be good at sport/languages — gut im Sport/in Sprachen sein

    to be good at sewing/typing — gut nähen/tippen können

    that's not good enough, you'll have to do better than that — das geht so nicht, du musst dich schon etwas mehr anstrengen

    if he gives his word, that's good enough for me — wenn er sein Wort gibt, reicht mir das

    her work/conduct is just not good enough —

    they felt he wasn't good enough for her — sie waren der Meinung, dass er nicht gut genug für sie war

    I don't feel too good — mir ist nicht gut, ich fühle mich nicht wohl

    you look good in that — du siehst gut darin aus, das steht dir gut __diams; to make good mistake, damage wiedergutmachen; threat wahr machen; promise erfüllen

    to make good one's losses — seine Verluste wettmachen

    as good as new —

    he as good as called me a liar/invited me to come — er nannte mich praktisch einen Lügner/hat mich praktisch eingeladen

    2) = beneficial gut

    milk is good for children to be good for toothache/one's health — Milch ist gut or gesund für Kinder gut gegen Zahnschmerzen/für die Gesundheit sein

    to drink more than is good for one — mehr trinken, als einem guttut

    what's good for consumers isn't always good for the economy — was gut für den Verbraucher ist, ist nicht immer gut für die Wirtschaft

    3) = favourable moment, chance, opportunity günstig, gut

    it's a good thing or job I was there — (nur) gut, dass ich dort war

    4) = enjoyable holiday, evening schön

    did you have a good day? — wie wars heute?, wie gings (dir) heute?

    5) = kind gut, lieb

    (it was) good of you to come — nett, dass Sie gekommen sind

    would you be good enough to tell me... — wären Sie so nett, mir zu sagen... (also iro)

    6) = virtuous name, manners, behaviour gut

    if you can't be good, be careful — wenn du es schon tun musst, sei wenigstens vorsichtig

    7) = well-behaved artig, brav (inf)

    be a good girl/boy — sei artig or lieb or brav (inf)

    be a good girl/boy and... — sei so lieb und...

    8)

    = admirable your good lady (dated) my good man (dated) — Ihre werte Gemahlin (geh) mein Guter (old)

    good man! — sehr löblich!, gut gemacht!

    the Good Book —

    9) = valid advice, excuse gut; reason gut, triftig; ticket gültig
    10) = handsome looks, figure, features gut; legs, body schön
    11) = uninjured eye, leg gesund
    12) = thorough gut, gründlich, tüchtig (inf)

    to have a good laugh — ordentlich or so richtig lachen (inf)

    13) = considerable hour, while gut; amount, distance, way gut, schön

    a good many/few people — ziemlich viele/nicht gerade wenig Leute

    14) in greetings gut
    15) in exclamations gut, prima

    that's good! — gut!, prima!

    (it's) good to see you/to be here — (es ist) schön, dich zu sehen/hier zu sein

    very good, sir — sehr wohl (old)

    on you/him etc! — gut!, prima!; (iro also) das ist ja toll!

    16) emphatic use schön

    a good strong stick —

    good and hard/strong (inf) — ganz schön fest/stark (inf)

    2. ADVERB
    1) = fine gut

    how are you? – good! — wie gehts? – gut!

    2) = well strictly incorrect gut
    3. NOUN
    1) = what is morally right Gute(s) nt

    to do good —

    2) = advantage, benefit Wohl nt

    this affects us, for good or ill —

    it's done now, for good or ill — es ist nun einmal geschehen

    I did it for your own good — ich meine es nur gut mit dir, es war nur zu deinem Besten

    to do sb good — jdm helfen; (rest, drink, medicine etc) jdm guttun

    much good may it do you (iro inf) — na, dann viel Vergnügen!

    that won't do much/any good — das hilft auch nicht viel/auch nichts

    that won't do you much/any good — das hilft dir auch nicht viel/auch nichts

    a ( fat) lot of good that will do! (iro inf) — als ob das viel helfen würde! (iro)

    3)

    = use what's the good of hurrying? — wozu eigentlich die Eile?

    it's no good complaining to me — es ist sinnlos or es nützt nichts, sich bei mir zu beklagen

    it's no good doing it like that — es hat keinen Sinn, das so zu machen

    I'm no good at things like that —

    he wasn't any good for the job —

    4)

    set structures __diams; for good (= for ever) for good (and all) — für immer (und ewig)

    we were 5 points/£5 to the good — wir hatten 5 Punkte zu viel/£ 5 plus

    * * *
    good [ɡud]
    A s
    1. Nutzen m, Wert m, Vorteil m:
    for his own good zu seinem eigenen Vorteil;
    he knows too much for his own good er weiß mehr, als ihm guttut;
    what good will it do?, what is the good of it?, what good is it? was hat es für einen Wert?, was nützt es?, wozu soll das gut sein?;
    it is no (not much) good trying es hat keinen (wenig) Sinn oder Zweck, es zu versuchen;
    a) besonders WIRTSCH als Gewinn- oder Kreditsaldo,
    b) obendrein, extra ( → A 2);
    for good (and all) für immer, endgültig, ein für alle Mal
    2. (das) Gute, Gutes n, Wohl n:
    a) jemandem Gutes tun,
    b) jemandem guttun oder wohltun;
    much good may it do you oft iron wohl bekomms!;
    the common good das Gemeinwohl;
    be to the good nur zu seinem etc Besten sein;
    come to good zum Guten ausschlagen;
    it’s all to the good es ist nur von Vorteil ( that dass)( → A 1);
    it comes to no good es führt zu nichts Gutem;
    be up to no good nichts Gutes im Schilde führen;
    for good or for evil auf Gedeih und Verderb
    3. the good koll die Guten pl, die Rechtschaffenen pl
    4. PHIL (das) Gute
    5. pl bewegliches Vermögen:
    a) Hab n und Gut n, bewegliche Sachen, Mobiliargut n,
    b) umg Siebensachen
    6. pl WIRTSCH
    a) Br ( besonders Eisenbahn)Güter pl, Fracht(gut) f(n)
    b) (Handels)Güter pl, (Handels)Ware(n) f(pl):
    goods for consumption Verbrauchs-, Konsumgüter;
    goods in process Halbfabrikate, -erzeugnisse;
    a piece of goods sl eine Mieze;
    have the goods on sb US sl etwas gegen jemanden in der Hand haben. → deliver A 2
    7. pl US Stoffe pl, Textilien pl
    8. the goods sl das Richtige, das Wahre:
    that’s the goods!
    B adj komp better [ˈbetə(r)], sup best [best]
    1. (moralisch) gut, redlich, rechtschaffen, ehrbar, anständig (Mädchen etc):
    good men and true redliche und treue Männer;
    a good father and husband ein guter oder treu sorgender Vater und Gatte;
    she is a good wife to him sie ist ihm eine gute Frau
    2. gut (Qualität):
    3. gut, frisch, genießbar:
    is this meat still good?;
    a good egg ein frisches Ei
    4. gut, lieb, gütig, freundlich:
    good to the poor gut zu den Armen;
    be so ( oder as) good as to fetch it sei so gut und hol es, hol es doch bitte; → enough C
    5. gut, lieb, artig, brav (Kind):
    have you been a good girl? bist du (schön) brav gewesen?; → gold A 1
    6. verehrt, lieb:
    his good lady oft iron seine liebe Frau;
    my good man oft iron mein Lieber!, mein lieber Freund oder Mann!
    7. gut, geachtet:
    of good family aus guter Familie
    8. gut, einwandfrei (Betragen etc): → certificate A 1
    9. a) gut, erfreulich, angenehm (Nachrichten etc):
    be good news umg erfreulich sein (Sache); nett sein (Person);
    have a good time sich (gut) amüsieren; es sich gut gehen lassen; → afternoon A, morning A 1, etc
    b) schön:
    it’s good to be home again;
    too good to be true zu schön, um wahr zu sein
    10. gut:
    a) geeignet, vorteilhaft, günstig, nützlich
    b) gesund, zuträglich
    c) heilsam:
    a man good for the post ein geeigneter oder guter Mann für den Posten;
    good for colds gut gegen oder für Erkältungen;
    milk is good for children Milch ist gut oder gesund für Kinder;
    good for one’s health gesund;
    what is it good for? wofür ist es gut?, wozu dient es?;
    it is a good thing that … es ist gut oder günstig, dass …;
    stay away if you know what’s good for you! das rate ich dir im Guten!;
    he drank more than was good for him als ihm guttat; → nothing Bes Redew
    11. gut, richtig, recht, angebracht, empfehlenswert, zweckmäßig:
    in good time zur rechten Zeit, (gerade) rechtzeitig;
    all in good time alles zu seiner Zeit;
    in one’s own good time wenn es einem passt
    12. gut, angemessen, ausreichend, zufriedenstellend;
    his word is good enough for me sein Wort genügt mir;
    his time is only good enough for 4th place SPORT seine Zeit reicht nur für den 4. Platz
    13. gut, reichlich:
    a good hour eine gute Stunde;
    it’s a good three miles to the station es sind gut drei Meilen bis zum Bahnhof
    14. gut, ziemlich (weit, groß), beträchtlich, bedeutend, erheblich, ansehnlich:
    a good many eine beträchtliche Anzahl, ziemlich viele;
    a good many times ziemlich oft; → beating 2, way1 5, while A
    15. (vor adj) verstärkend:
    a good long time sehr lange Zeit;
    good old age hohes Alter;
    good and … sehr, ganz schön, mordsmäßig umg (z. B. good and tired hundemüde umg)
    16. gültig:
    a) begründet, berechtigt (Anspruch etc)
    b) triftig, gut (Grund etc):
    a good argument ein stichhaltiges Argument; → cause A 2, reason A 1
    c) echt (Geld)
    17. gut, überzeugt (Republikaner etc)
    18. gut, fähig, tüchtig:
    he is good at arithmetic er ist gut im Rechnen;
    he is good at golf er spielt gut Golf;
    be good with one’s hands handwerkliches Geschick haben
    19. gut, zuverlässig, sicher, solide ( alle auch WIRTSCH):
    a good firm eine gute oder solide oder zahlungsfähige oder kreditwürdige Firma;
    a good man WIRTSCH umg ein sicherer Mann (Kunde etc);
    good debts WIRTSCH sichere Schulden;
    good for WIRTSCH (auf einem Wechsel) über den Betrag von ( → B 23);
    be good for any amount WIRTSCH für jeden Betrag gut sein
    20. WIRTSCH in Ordnung (Scheck)
    21. JUR (rechts)gültig
    22. wirklich, aufrichtig, ehrlich, echt: → faith 3
    23. umg good for fähig oder geneigt zu:
    I am good for a walk ich habe Lust zu einem Spaziergang;
    I am good for another mile ich könnte noch eine Meile weitermarschieren;
    my car is good for another 10,000 miles mein Wagen macht noch leicht 10 000 Meilen ( → B 19)
    C adv
    1. umg gut:
    2. as good as so gut wie, praktisch:
    as good as new auch neuwertig
    D int gut!, schön!, fein!:
    good for you! umg (ich) gratuliere!
    G abk
    2. ELEK conductance
    3. good
    * * *
    1. adjective,
    1) (satisfactory) gut; (reliable) gut; zuverlässig; (sufficient) gut; ausreichend [Vorrat]; ausgiebig [Mahl]; (competent) gut; geeignet

    his good eye/leg — sein gesundes Auge/Bein

    Late again! It's just not good enough! — (coll.) Schon wieder zu spät. So geht es einfach nicht!

    be good at something — in etwas (Dat.) gut sein

    speak good English — gut[es] Englisch sprechen

    be good with people — etc. mit Menschen usw. gut od. leicht zurechtkommen

    2) (favourable, advantageous) gut; günstig [Gelegenheit, Augenblick, Angebot]

    too good to be true — zu schön, um wahr zu sein

    the good thing about it is that... — das Gute daran ist, dass...

    be good for somebody/something — gut für jemanden/etwas sein

    eat more than is good for one — mehr essen, als einem guttut

    it's a good thing you told him — nur gut, dass du es ihm gesagt hast

    4) (enjoyable) schön [Leben, Urlaub, Wochenende]

    the good life — das angenehme[, sorglose] Leben

    have a good time! — viel Spaß od. Vergnügen!

    it's good to be home again — es ist schön, wieder zu Hause zu sein

    5) (cheerful) gut; angenehm [Patient]

    good humour or spirits or mood — gute Laune

    I'm not feeling too good — (coll.) mir geht es nicht sehr gut

    6) (well-behaved) gut; brav

    be good!, be a good girl/boy! — sei brav od. lieb!

    [as] good as gold — ganz artig od. brav

    7) (virtuous) rechtschaffen; (kind) nett; gut [Absicht, Wünsche, Benehmen, Tat]

    would you be so good as to or good enough to do that? — wären Sie so freundlich od. nett, das zu tun?

    that/it is good of you — das/es ist nett od. lieb von dir

    good for you — etc. (coll.) bravo!

    good old Jim — etc. (coll.) der gute alte Jim usw. (ugs.)

    my good man/friend — (coll.) mein lieber Herr/Freund (ugs.; auch iron.)

    that's a good one — (coll.) der ist gut! (ugs.); (iron.) das ist'n Ding! (ugs.)

    9) (attractive) schön; gut [Figur, Haltung]; gepflegt [Erscheinung, Äußeres]; wohlgeformt [Beine]
    10) (thorough) gut

    have a good weep/rest/sleep — sich richtig ausweinen/ausruhen/[sich] richtig ausschlafen (ugs.)

    11) (considerable) [recht] ansehnlich [Menschenmenge]; ganz schön, ziemlich (ugs.) [Stück Wegs, Entfernung, Zeitraum, Strecke]; gut, anständig [Preis, Erlös]; hoch [Alter]
    12) (sound, valid) gut [Grund, Rat, Gedanke]; berechtigt [Anspruch]; (Commerc.) solide [Kunde]; sicher [Anleihe, Kredit]

    good sense — Vernünftigkeit, die

    have the good sense to do something — so vernünftig sein, etwas zu tun

    good afternoon/day — guten Tag!

    good evening/morning — guten Abend/Morgen!

    14) in exclamation gut

    very good, sir — sehr wohl!

    good God/Lord — etc. see nouns

    15) (best) gut [Geschirr, Anzug]
    16) (correct, fitting) gut; (appropriate) angebracht; ratsam
    17)
    18)

    make good — (succeed) erfolgreich sein; (effect) in die Tat umsetzen; ausführen [Plan]; erfüllen [Versprechen]; (compensate for) wieder gutmachen [Fehler]; (indemnify) ersetzen [Schaden, Ausgaben]. See also best 1.; better 1.

    2. adverb as intensifier
    (coll.)

    good and... — richtig...

    hit somebody good and proper — jemanden ordentlich verprügeln. See also best 2.; better 2.

    3. noun
    1) (use) Nutzen, der

    be some good to somebody/something — jemandem/einer Sache nützen

    be no good to somebody/something — für jemanden/etwas nicht zu gebrauchen sein

    it is no/not much good doing something — es hat keinen/kaum einen Sinn, etwas zu tun

    what's the good of...?, what good is...? — was nützt...?

    for your/his etc. own good — zu deinem/seinem usw. Besten od. eigenen Vorteil

    for the good of mankind/the country — zum Wohl[e] der Menschheit/des Landes

    do no/little good — nichts/wenig helfen od. nützen

    do somebody/something good — jemandem/einer Sache nützen; [Ruhe, Erholung:] jemandem/einer Sache gut tun; [Arznei:] jemandem/einer Sache helfen

    I'll tell him, but what good will that do? — ich sag es ihm, aber was nützt od. hilft das schon?

    come home £10 to the good — mit 10 Pfund plus nach Hause kommen

    3) (goodness) Gute, das

    the difference between good and bad or evil — der Unterschied zwischen Gut und Böse

    4) (kind acts) Gute, das

    be up to no good — nichts Gutes im Sinn haben od. im Schilde führen

    5)

    for good [and all] — (finally) ein für allemal; (permanently) für immer [und ewig]; endgültig

    6) constr. as pl. (virtuous people)
    7) in pl. (wares etc.) Waren; (Brit. Railw.) Fracht, die; attrib. Güter[bahnhof, -wagen, -zug]
    8) in pl.

    the goods — (coll.): (what is wanted) das Gewünschte; das Verlangte

    deliver the goods — (fig.) halten, was man verspricht

    * * *
    adj.
    brav adj.
    gut adj.
    lieb adj. n.
    Gut ¨-er n.

    English-german dictionary > good

  • 73 MAÐR

    (gen. manns, pl. menn, with the art. menninir), m.
    1) man (irrespective of sex), human being (guð skapaði síðarst menn tvá, er ættir eru frá komnar);
    sýndi maðr manni, one showed it to another, it went from from hand to hand;
    fjöldi manns, a great number of people;
    múgr manns, crowd of people;
    2) degree in kinship;
    vera at þriðja, fjórða, fimta manni, to be related in the third, fourth, fifth degree;
    hann var manni firr en systrungr Bárðar, he was the son of a cousin of B.;
    * * *
    m., qs. mann-r, which form also occurs in old poets, engi mannr und ranni, Vellekla, (for the change of nn before r into ð see the introduction to letter N); gen. manns, dat. manni, acc. mann, plur. menn, qs. menn-r; with the article, menninir, so always in old writers, but in mod. mennirnir erroneously, as if from mennir: the plur. meðr, answering to the sing. maðr, occurs in old poets—meðr vituð öðling æðra, Fms. vii. 87 (in a verse); Norð-meðr róa naðri, vi. 309 (in a verse); meðr fengu mikit veðr, Edda 102; hirð-meðr, veðja, Rekst., all verses of the 11th and 12th centuries; er meðr Myrkvið kalla, Akv. 5: meðr hlutu sár, Fbr. 75 new Ed. (in a verse): gen. pl. manna, dat. mönnum, acc. menn. In Ballads and Rímur after the 15th century, and hence in eccl. writers of later times, a nom. mann is now and then used, esp. in compds influenced by Germ. and Engl., e. g. hreysti-mann, Skíða R. 58; or for the sake of rhyme, ætla þú ekki, aumr mann | af komast muni strafflaust hann, Pass. 14. 17: [Ulf. manna = ἄνθρωπος; in other Teut. languages spelt man, or better mann.]
    B. A man = Lat. homo, Gr. ἄνθρωπος, also people; eigi vil ek segja frá manninum þvíat mér er maðrinn skyldr, þat er frá manni at segja, at maðr er vel auðigr at fé, Nj. 51; mennskr maðr, a manlike man, a human being, opp. to giants or beings of superhuman strength, Gm. 31; menn eru hér komnir ef menn skal kalla, en líkari eru þeir þursum at vexti ok sýn en mennskum mönnum, Eg. 110; flýjum nú! ekki er við menn um at eiga, Nj. 97; þat hafa gamlir menn mælt, at þess manns mundi hefnt verða ef hann félli á grúfu, Eg. 107; þeir ungu menn ( the young people) elskask sín í millum, Mar.; þótt nökkut væri þústr á með enum yngrum mönnum, Ld. 200; fjöldi manns, múgr manns, Fms. ii. 45, 234, xi. 245; þykkir mönnum nökkur várkunn til þess, 192; var þat margra manna mál, at …, Eg. 537, Fms. i. 45; er þat íllt manni? Eg. 604; sá maðr, that person, K. Þ. K. 4; manna beztr, fríðastr …, the best, fairest … of men, passim; allra manna bezt, beyond all men, best of all men, Bs. i. 67; kona var enn þriði maðr, Hkr. iii. 184; hvárr þeirra manna, each of the wedded fair, Grág. i. 476; góðir menn, good men! in addressing, passim: allit., Guði ok góðum mönnum, to God and all good men, Bs. i. 68: sayings, maðr skal eptir mann lifa, man shall live after man (as a consolation), Eg. 322: maðr er manns gaman, man is man’s comfort, Hm. 46; whence huggun er manni mönnum at, Pass. 2. 10: maðr eptir mann, man after man, in succession; or, maðr af manni, man after man, in turn: sýndi maðr manni, man shewed it to man, it went round from hand to hand, Fms. vi. 216; nú segir maðr manni þessi fagnaðar-tíðendi, Bs. i. 181, Þiðr. 142; kunni þat maðr manni at segja at Bróðir felldi Brján, Nj. 275.
    2. phrases, þat veit menn (the verb in sing., the noun in plur.), every one knows that! to be sure! Art. 31, 62, Karl. 48; meðr of veit, Sighvat: mod. viti menn! with a notion of irony; thus also menn segja, men say, (in old poët. usage elliptically, kveða = Lat. dicunt, Vþm. 24, 26, 28, 30, Gm. 13, Hdl. 42, Hm. 11; kváðu, people said, Vm. 33): the sing. maðr = Fr. on, mod. Dan. man (in Dan. man siger), is not vernacular.
    3. in compds. kvenn-maðr, a woman; karl-maðr, a man: of families, Mýra-menn, Síðu-menn, Landn.: inhabitants, people, Norð-menn, Norsemen; Noregs-menn, the men of Norway; Athenu-menn, Athenians; Korintu-menn, Corinthians; of condition of life, leik-menn, laymen; kenni-menn, clergymen; búand-menn, peasants; valds-menn, rulers; kaup-menn, merchants; sjó-menn, seamen; vinnu-menn, labourers.
    4. degree in a lineage: at þriðja, fjórða, fimta … manni, in the third, fourth, fifth … degree, Grág. i. 321; manni firnari en systrungr …, one degree remoter than …, used of odd degrees (e. g. four on one side and three on the other), ii. 172; hann var manni firr en systrungr Bárðar, he was an odd second cousin of B., Bárð. 165; hence tví-menningar, þrí-menningar, fjór-menningar …, a second, third, fourth … cousin, passim.
    II. a man. Lat. vir; vér höfum þrjú skip ok hundruð manna á hverju, Fas. ii. 521; síðan fór hann til manna sinna, Fms. v. 514; greiða eyri gulls hverjum manni, 178; hann fór með of manns yfir landit, iv. 146; and so in countless instances: Sigurðar-menn, the followers of S.; Tuma-menn, konungs-menn, Krist-menn, kross-menn, vii. 293, 299, Ó. H. 216.
    2. a husband; Guð er Kristinnar andar maðr er honum giptisk í trú, Greg. 31: freq. in mod. usage, maðrinn minn, my husband! dóttur-maðr, a son-in-law.
    3. metaph., vera maðr fyrir e-u, to be man enough for it, able to do it; eg er ekki maðr fyrir því, maðr til þess, id.; hann sýndisk eigi maðr til at setjask í svá háleitt sæti, Bs. i. 743; mikill, lítill, maðr fyrir sér, to be a great, strong, weak man, and the like.
    III. the Rune m, see introduction.
    C. COMPDS, manns- and manna-: manns-aldr, m. a man’s life, generation, 623. 10, Fms. viii. 240, Fas. i. 406. manns-bani, a, m. ‘man’s bane,’ a man-slayer, Js. 49, Ni. 119. manns-barn, n. a ‘man’s bairn;’ in the phrase, hvert m., every child of man, Sturl. i. 47. manna-bein, n. pl. human bones, Fms. i. 230. manns-blóð, n. human blood, Nj. 59, Fms. iii. 125. manna-búkar, m. pl. corpses of slain, Fms. iii. 7, xi. 355. manna-bygð, f. human abodes, opp. to the wilderness, Fms. i. 215. manna-bær, m. dwelling-houses, Ann. 1390. manns-bætr, f. pl. weregild, Eg. 259. manns-efni, n. a man to be; gott-m. (see efni), Eg. 368, Fms. i. 174, Fær. 231. manna-farvegr, m. a foot-path, Gþl. 539. manns-fingr, m. a human finger. manna-forráð, n. ‘man-sway,’ rule, dominion; the godord or priesthood is often in the Laws and Sagas so called, Hrafn. 21, Nj. 149, Grág., Ísl. ii. 402, Fms. x. 45. manna-forræði, n. = mannaforráð, Nj. 231, Ld. 310. manns-fótr, m. a human foot, Hkr. ii. 114. manna-fundr, m. a meeting of men, Grág. i. 420. manns-fylgja, u, f., or manna-fylgjur, f. pl. fetches of men, Lv. 69, Fs. 68; see fylgja. manna-för, n. pl. men’s footprints, Eg. 578. manna-grein, f. distinction of men, Fms. viii. 21. manns-hauss, m. a human skull, Þorf. Karl. 242. manns-hár, n. human hair, Edda 4, Fas. iii. 266. manns-hold, n. human flesh, Fms. xi. 235. manna-hugir, m. pl., see hugr III. 2, Háv. 55, Þórð. 17 new Ed. manna-hús, n. pl. men’s houses, Fbr. 77: human abodes. manns-höfuð, manna-höfuð, m. (he human head, K. Á. 1, Fms. x. 280, Nj. 275. manns-hönd, f. a human hand, Fas. i. 66. manns-kona, u, f. a man’s wife, married woman, Grág. i. 335, 337, 341, 344, 380, Bs. i. 777, Sks. 340. manna-lát, n. the loss of men, loss of life, death, Nj. 248, Eg. 585, Orkn. 296. manns-lát, n. a person’s death, decease; heyra mannslát, to hear of a person’s death. manns-líf, n. man’s life, Hom. 6. manns-líki, n. human shape, Edda 9. manna-lof, n. praise of men, Hom. 83. manna-mál, n. human voices, human speech, Nj. 154; or manns-mál, id., in the phrase, það heyrist ekki mannsmál, no man’s voice can be heard, of a great noise. manna-missir, m. the loss of men, Sturl. iii. 7, Fas. ii. 552. manns-morð, n. murder, N. G. L. i. 256. manna-mót, n. = mannfundr, Grág. i. 343. manns-mót, n. manly mien, ‘manfulness,’ Fms. i. 149, xi. 86; þat er mannsmót að honum, he looks like a true man. manna-munr, m. distinction, difference of men, Bs. i. 855. manna-múgr, m. a crowd of people, Fær. 12. manns-mynd, f. the human shape, Stj. 147. manna-reið, f. (a body of) horsemen, Nj. 206. manna-samnaðr, m. = mannsafnaðr, Ísl. ii. 83. manna-seta, u, f. men staying in a place, Ld. 42. manna-skipan, f. the placing of people, as at a banquet, in battle, Korm. 62, Sturl. i. 20, ii. 237. manna-skipti, n. pl. exchange of men, Germ. auswechselung, Hkr. i. 8. manna-slóð, f. ‘man’s sleuth,’ a track of men, Sturl. i. 83. manna-spor, n. pl. men’s footprints. Sturl. ii. 90, Eg. 578, Landn. 191. manna-styrkr, m. help, Þórð. 74. manna-sættir, m. a daysman, peacemaker, Fms. x. 51, Eb. manna-taka, u, f. a reception of men, strangers, Fb. ii. 194. manna-tal, n. = manntal, Hkr. ii. 340. manns-váði, a, m. danger of life, Fms. viii. 224. manna-vegr, m. a road where men pass, opp. to a wilderness, Grett. 115 A, Ld. 328. manna-verk, n. pl. = mannvirki, man’s work, work by human hands, Fb. i. 541. manns-verk, n. work to be done by a person, N. G. L. i., 38, Gþl. 114. manna-vist, f. a human abode. Fms. i. 226, Jb. 9, Orkn. 434. manns-vit, n. ‘man’s wit,’ human understanding, reason, Nj. 106. manna-völd, n. pl.; in the phrase, e-t er af manna-völdum, it is due to human causes, not by natural causes, e. g. of a fire, the disappearance of a thing, or the like, Nj. 76, Fms. ii. 146, iii. 98. manns-vöxtr, m. a man’s stature, Fas. ii. 508, Hom. 112. manna-þengill, m. king of men, the name of Njörð, Gm. 16, Edda 104. manns-æði, n. human bearing, behaviour. manns-æfi, f. man’s lifetime; mart kann skipask á mannsæfinni, a saying, Fms. vii. 156; mart verðr á mannsætinni, útítt var þat þá er vér vórum ungir, Fær. 195.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MAÐR

  • 74 Herz

    n; -ens, -en
    1. ANAT., als Organ: heart; künstliches Herz artificial heart; Operation am offenen Herzen open-heart surgery; er hat’s am Herzen umg. he has heart trouble ( oder a heart condition)
    2. poet. (Brust) breast; jemanden ans Herz drücken clasp s.o. to one’s breast; komm an mein Herz come to my arms
    3. bes. geh. (Gemüt) heart; (Seele) auch soul; (Mut) auch courage; ein gutes / hartes / weiches Herz haben be good- / hard- / soft-hearted; kein Herz haben be heartless; ein Herz aus Stein a heart of stone; das Herz eines Hasen / Löwen haben be as timid as a mouse / have the heart of a lion; es tut dem Herzen wohl it does you good; etw. fürs Herz s.th. to warm the heart; jemandem das Herz schwer machen sadden s.o.’s heart
    4. Person: soul; Kosewort: mein Herz my love, my dear; einsame Herzen lonely hearts; Herzchen
    5. fig. von Salat, Stadt etc.: heart, core, cent|re (Am. -er)
    6. KATH.: Herz Jesu Sacred Heart
    7. BOT.: Tränendes Herz bleeding heart, dicentra
    8. Redewendungen: ein Kind unter dem Herzen tragen poet. be with child; jemandem stockt das Herz vor Schreck geh. s.o.’s heart skips a beat (in fright); mir schlug das Herz bis zum Hals my heart was in my mouth; sein Herz schlug höher his heart leapt; er / es lässt die Herzen höher schlagen he makes the ladies swoon ( oder go weak in the knees) / it makes your heart swell; mir blutet das Herz oder dreht sich das Herz im Leibe herum my heart bleeds ( für ihn for him; bei dem Anblick at the sight); es bricht oder zerreißt mir das Herz geh. it breaks my heart; mir rutschte oder fiel das Herz in die Hose umg. my heart sank; jemandem sein Herz ausschütten pour one’s heart out to s.o.; alles, was das Herz begehrt everything your heart desires, everything you could possibly wish for; sagen, was sein Herz bewegt unburden one’s heart; jemandes Herz brechen / gewinnen / stehlen break / win / steal s.o.’s heart; sich (Dat) ein Herz fassen pluck (umg. screw) up some courage; mein Herz gehört ihr / der Malerei geh. my heart belongs to her / painting is my true love; seinem Herzen einen Stoß geben go for it; ein Herz und eine Seele sein be inseparable; sein Herz an etw. (Akk) hängen set one’s heart on s.th.; sein ganzes Herz hängt daran it means the world to him; es liegt mir am Herzen it means a lot to me (zu + Inf. to be able to + Inf.); es liegt mir am Herzen zu (+ Inf.) auch I’m (very) anxious to (+ Inf.) jemandem etw. ( besonders) ans Herz legen (nahe legen) urge s.o. to do s.th.; (anvertrauen) entrust s.o. with the task of doing s.th.; sein Herz ( an jemanden) verlieren lose one’s heart (to s.o.); er / es ist mir ans Herz gewachsen I have grown fond of him / it; auf Herz und Nieren prüfen umg. (Person) grill s.o.; (Sache) put s.th. through its paces; etw. auf dem Herzen haben have s.th. on one’s mind; sein Herz auf der Zunge tragen geh. wear one’s heart on one’s sleeve; aus tiefstem Herzen geh. from the bottom of one’s heart; ein Herz für Kinder / Tiere etc. a place in one’s heart for children / animals etc.; sein Herz für... entdecken discover a fondness ( oder liking) for...; jemanden in sein oder ins Herz schließen grow very fond of s.o., become very attached to s.o.; jemandem nicht ins Herz sehen können not be able to look into s.o.’s heart; da lacht mir das Herz im Leibe! it makes my heart leap for joy!; mit ganzem / halben Herzen dabei sein etc.: heart and soul, wholeheartedly / halfheartedly; er ist mit ganzem Herzen bei der Arbeit his heart’s in his work; ein Mann etc. nach meinem Herzen after my own heart; ich kann es nicht übers Herz bringen I can’t bring myself to do it, I haven’t got the heart (to do it); mir wurde warm ums Herz I felt all warm inside; es war ihr leicht / schwer ums Herz she felt relieved / heavy-hearted; er weiß, wie mir ums Herz ist he knows how I feel; von Herzen sincerely; von Herzen froh heartily pleased; von Herzen gern gladly, with great pleasure; es kommt von Herzen it comes from the heart; von Herzen kommend sincere, heartfelt; von ganzem Herzen with all one’s heart; ich bedanke mich von ganzem Herzen I’m deeply grateful (to you); jemandem zu Herzen gehen move s.o.; sich (Dat) etw. zu Herzen nehmen take s.th. to heart; wes das Herz voll ist, dem gehet der Mund über Sprichw. when you’re excited about something, you simply can’t help talking about it; Fleck 3, gebrochen II, Hand1 3, leicht I 3, Mördergrube, schwer I 2, Stein 1
    —
    n; -, -
    1. nur Sg.; Kartenfarbe: hearts Pl.
    2. Einzelkarte: heart
    * * *
    das Herz
    heart
    * * *
    Hẹrz
    * * *
    das
    1) (the innermost part: in the bosom of his family.) bosom
    2) ((sometimes treated as noun singular) one of the four card suits: the two of hearts.) hearts
    3) (the organ which pumps blood through the body: How fast does a person's heart beat?; ( also adjective) heart disease; a heart specialist.) heart
    4) (the part of the body where one's feelings, especially of love, conscience etc are imagined to arise: She has a kind heart; You know in your heart that you ought to go; She has no heart (= She is not kind).) heart
    5) (a symbol supposed to represent the shape of the heart; a white dress with little pink hearts on it; heart-shaped.) heart
    6) (one of the playing-cards of the suit hearts, which have red symbols of this shape on them.) heart
    * * *
    <-ens, -en>
    [hɛrts]
    nt
    1. ANAT heart
    ihr \Herz hämmerte [o pochte] her heart was pounding
    sein \Herz versagte his heart failed
    gesundes/schwaches \Herz healthy/weak heart
    es am [o mit dem] \Herz[en] haben (fam) to have heart problems
    künstliches \Herz MED artificial heart
    eine Operation [o Chirurgie] am offenen \Herz[en] open-heart surgery
    am offenen \Herzen operiert werden to undergo open-heart surgery
    ein \Herz verpflanzen to transplant a heart
    2. (Gemüt, Gefühl) heart
    du regelst immer alles nur mit dem Verstand, wo bleibt das [o dein] \Herz? you always listen to the voice of reason, can't you ever let your heart rule [or can't you follow your heart]?
    zeig' mehr Verständnis, mehr \Herz! show more understanding, more sensitivity!
    mit ganzem \Herzen wholeheartedly
    sie ist immer mit ganzem \Herzen bei ihren Projekten she always puts her heart and soul into her projects
    etw mit ganzem \Herzen bejahen/unterstützen to approve of/support sth wholeheartedly
    von ganzem \Herzen sincerely
    von \Herzen gern with pleasure
    ja, von \Herzen gern! yes, I'd love to!
    jdn von \Herzen gernhaben to love sb dearly
    etw von \Herzen gern tun to love doing sth
    ein gutes \Herz haben to have a good heart, to be good-hearted
    ein \Herz für jdn/Tiere haben to have a love of sb/animals
    er hat ein \Herz für Kinder he loves children
    kein \Herz haben to have no heart
    hast du denn kein \Herz? haven't you got [or don't you have] a heart?
    auf sein \Herz hören to listen to [the voice of] one's heart
    ohne \Herz without feeling
    3. (fig: innerer Teil) heart
    das \Herz einer Artischocke/eines Salats the heart [or core] of an artichoke/a lettuce
    im \Herzen Europas in the heart of Europe
    4. (Schatz)
    mein \Herz my dear [or love
    5. (Herzform) heart
    ein \Herz aus Gold a heart of gold
    ein \Herz aus Schokolade a chocolate heart
    6. kein pl (Speise) heart no pl
    zwei Kilo \Herz [vom Ochsen] bitte! two kilos of [ox] heart, please!
    7. kein pl KARTEN (Farbe) hearts pl
    ich habe \Herz ausgespielt, du musst auch \Herz bedienen! I led with hearts, [so] you have to follow suit [with hearts]!
    8. inv (Spielkarte) heart
    ich habe drei \Herz I have three hearts
    9. BOT
    Tränendes \Herz bleeding heart
    10. REL heart
    das Herz Jesu the Sacred Heart
    11.
    ▶ jdm sein \Herz ausschütten to pour out one's heart to sb
    ▶ jdm wird bang ums \Herz sb's heart sinks
    ▶ alles, was das \Herz begehrt everything the heart desires [or could wish for]
    ▶ die \Herzen bewegen to move the hearts
    was bewegt dein Herz? what's on your mind?
    ▶ jdm blutet das \Herz, jds \Herz blutet sb's heart bleeds
    ▶ blutenden \Herzens with a heavy heart
    ▶ jdm das \Herz brechen (geh) to break sb's heart
    ▶ es nicht übers \Herz bringen [o nicht das \Herz haben], etw zu tun to not have the heart to do sth
    ich bring es nicht übers \Herz, ihr die Wahrheit zu sagen I don't have the heart [or I cannot bring myself] to tell her the truth
    ▶ jdm dreht sich das \Herz im Leib um [o jdm tut das \Herz im Leibe weh] (geh) sb's heart turns over
    ▶ jdn an sein \Herz drücken to clasp sb to one's breast
    ▶ sein \Herz für etw/jdn entdecken (geh) to start liking sth/sb
    ▶ jdm/sich sein \Herz erleichtern to get something off sb's/one's chest fam
    ▶ jds \Herz erobern/gewinnen (geh) to conquer/win sb's heart
    ▶ jds \Herz erweichen to soften up sb sep
    ▶ jdm fällt ein Stein vom \Herz to be extremely relieved, to be a weight off sb's mind
    ▶ sich dat ein \Herz fassen [o nehmen] to pluck up courage [or take one's courage in both hands]
    ▶ jdm fliegen die \Herzen [nur so] zu (fam) sb is popular wherever he/she goes
    ▶ seinem \Herzen folgen to follow one's heart
    ▶ an/mit gebrochenem \Herzen of/with a broken heart
    ▶ jdm bis ins \Herz [o jdm zu \Herzen] gehen to make sb's heart bleed
    ▶ jds \Herz gehört jdm (geh) sb's heart belongs to sb
    ▶ jds \Herz gehört etw dat (geh) sth loves sth
    ▶ ein \Herz aus Gold haben to have a heart of gold
    ▶ im Grunde seines \Herzens in his heart of hearts
    ▶ etw auf dem \Herzen haben to have sth on one's mind
    ▶ Hand aufs \Herz honestly, with all one's heart
    ▶ sein \Herz an jdn/etw hängen (geh) to devote oneself to sb/sth
    häng dein \Herz nicht an ihn, er spielt doch nur mit den Gefühlen der Frauen! don't give your heart to him, he only plays with women's feelings!
    ▶ jds \Herz hängt an etw dat sb is attached to sth
    jds \Herz hängt an Geld sb is preoccupied with money
    ▶ ein hartes \Herz haben to have a hard heart, to be hard-hearted
    ▶ jds \Herz höherschlagen lassen to make sb's heart beat faster
    ▶ von \Herzen kommen to come from the heart
    ▶ jdm lacht das \Herz im Leibe (geh) sb's heart jumps for joy
    ▶ jdm etw ans \Herz legen to entrust sb with sth
    ▶ jdm ans \Herz legen, etw zu tun to strongly recommend sb to do sth
    ▶ leichten \Herzens with a light heart, light-heartedly
    ▶ jdm ist [ganz] leicht ums \Herz sb feels [all] light-hearted
    ▶ jdm wird leicht ums \Herz sb has a load lifted from their mind
    ▶ jdm liegt etw am \Herzen sth concerns [or troubles] sb
    ▶ seinem \Herzen Luft machen (fam) to give vent to one's feelings
    ▶ aus seinem \Herzen keine Mördergrube machen to speak frankly
    ▶ sich dat etw zu \Herzen nehmen to take sth to heart
    ▶ jdn/etw auf \Herz und Nieren prüfen (fam) to examine sb/sth thoroughly
    ▶ jdm sein \Herz öffnen (geh) to open one's heart to sb
    ▶ das \Herz auf dem [o am] rechten Fleck haben to have one's heart in the right place fig
    ▶ sich dat etw vom \Herzen reden (geh) to get sth off one's chest fam
    ▶ jdm rutscht [o fällt] das \Herz in die Hose (fam) sb's heart sinks into their boots BRIT fam
    ▶ jdm sein \Herz schenken (liter) to give sb one's heart
    ▶ jdm schlägt das \Herz bis zum Hals sb's heart is in their mouth
    ▶ jdn in sein \Herz schließen to take sb to one's heart
    ▶ schweren \Herzens with a heavy heart
    ▶ jdm ist das \Herz schwer [o ist [es] schwer ums \Herz] sb has a heavy heart [or is heavy-hearted]
    ▶ jdm wird das \Herz schwer [o wird [es] schwer ums \Herz] sb's heart grows heavy
    ▶ jdm das \Herz schwer machen to sadden sb's heart
    ▶ ein \Herz und eine Seele sein to be the best of friends
    ▶ jdm aus dem \Herzen sprechen to say just what sb was thinking
    ▶ sein \Herz sprechen lassen to listen to one's heart
    ▶ ein \Herz aus Stein haben to have a heart of stone
    ▶ etw gibt jdm einen Stich ins \Herz sth cuts sb to the quick
    ▶ jdm stockt das \Herz sb's heart stands still [or misses a beat]
    ▶ seinem \Herzen einen Stoß geben to [suddenly] pluck up courage
    ▶ alle \Herzen [o die \Herzen aller] im Sturm erobern to capture everybody's heart
    ▶ aus tiefstem/vollem \Herzen (geh) with all one's heart
    ▶ traurigen \Herzens with a heavy heart
    ▶ jdn ins \Herz treffen to hurt sb deeply
    ▶ sein \Herz an jdn verlieren to fall in love with sb
    ▶ jd wächst jdm ans \Herz sb grows fond of [or becomes attached to] sb
    ▶ ein warmes \Herz haben to be kind-hearted [or warm-hearted]
    ▶ ein weiches \Herz haben to have a soft heart
    ▶ jdm das \Herz zerreißen (geh) to break sb's heart
    ▶ jds \Herz will vor Freude zerspringen sb's heart nearly bursts with joy
    ▶ das \Herz auf der Zunge tragen (geh) to speak one's mind
    * * *
    das; Herzens, Herzen
    1) (auch): (herzförmiger Gegenstand, zentraler Teil) heart

    sie hat es am Herzen — (ugs.) she has a bad heart; (fig.)

    komm an mein Herz, Geliebter — come into my arms, my darling

    mir blutet das Herz — (auch iron.) my heart bleeds

    ihm rutschte od. fiel das Herz in die Hose[n] — (ugs., oft scherzh.) his heart sank into his boots

    jemandem das Herz brechen — (geh.) break somebody's heart

    jemanden/etwas auf Herz und Nieren prüfen — (ugs.) grill somebody/go over something with a fine tooth-comb

    2) (meist geh.): (Gemüt) heart

    die Herzen bewegen/rühren — touch people's hearts

    jemandes Herz hängt an etwas — (Dat.) (jemand möchte etwas sehr gern[e] behalten) somebody is attached to something; (jemand möchte etwas sehr gerne haben) somebody's heart is set on something

    ihm war/wurde das Herz schwer — his heart was/grew heavy

    alles, was das Herz begehrt — everything one's heart desires

    sich (Dat.) ein Herz fassen — pluck up one's courage; take one's courage in both hands

    sein Herz für etwas entdecken — (geh.) discover a passion for something

    ein Herz für Kinder/die Kunst haben — have a love of children/art

    jemandem sein Herz ausschütten — pour out one's heart to somebody

    seinem Herzen einen Stoß geben — [suddenly] pluck up courage

    seinem Herzen Luft machen — (ugs.) give vent to one's feelings

    leichten Herzens — easily; happily

    jemand/etwas liegt jemandem am Herzen — somebody has the interests of somebody/something at heart

    jemand/etwas ist jemandem ans Herz gewachsen — somebody has grown very fond of somebody/something

    jemanden ins od. in sein Herz schließen — take to somebody

    mit halbem Herzen — (geh.) half-heartedly

    es nicht übers Herz bringen, etwas zu tun — not have the heart to do something

    von Herzen gern — [most] gladly

    von ganzem Herzen — (aufrichtig) with all one's heart; (aus voller Überzeugung) whole-heartedly

    sich (Dat.) etwas zu Herzen nehmen — take something to heart

    mit ganzem Herzen — (geh.) whole-heartedly

    jemandem aus dem Herzen sprechen — express just what somebody is/was thinking; s. auch Luft 3); Stein 2); Stich 5)

    3) (Kartenspiel) hearts pl.; (Karte) heart; s. auch Pik II
    4) (Kosewort)
    * * *
    Herz1 n; -ens, -en
    1. ANAT, als Organ: heart;
    künstliches Herz artificial heart;
    Operation am offenen Herzen open-heart surgery;
    er hat’s am Herzen umg he has heart trouble ( oder a heart condition)
    2. poet (Brust) breast;
    jemanden ans Herz drücken clasp sb to one’s breast;
    komm an mein Herz come to my arms
    3. besonders geh (Gemüt) heart; (Seele) auch soul; (Mut) auch courage;
    ein gutes/hartes/weiches Herz haben be good-/hard-/soft-hearted;
    kein Herz haben be heartless;
    ein Herz aus Stein a heart of stone;
    das Herz eines Hasen/Löwen haben be as timid as a mouse/have the heart of a lion;
    es tut dem Herzen wohl it does you good;
    etwas fürs Herz sth to warm the heart;
    jemandem das Herz schwer machen sadden sb’s heart
    4. Person: soul; Kosewort:
    mein Herz my love, my dear;
    einsame Herzen lonely hearts; → Herzchen
    5. fig von Salat, Stadt etc: heart, core, centre (US -er)
    6. KATH:
    Herz Jesu Sacred Heart
    7. BOT:
    Tränendes Herz bleeding heart, dicentra
    jemandem stockt das Herz vor Schreck geh sb’s heart skips a beat (in fright);
    mir schlug das Herz bis zum Hals my heart was in my mouth;
    sein Herz schlug höher his heart leapt;
    er/es lässt die Herzen höher schlagen he makes the ladies swoon ( oder go weak in the knees)/it makes your heart swell;
    für ihn for him;
    bei dem Anblick at the sight);
    zerreißt mir das Herz geh it breaks my heart;
    fiel das Herz in die Hose umg my heart sank;
    jemandem sein Herz ausschütten pour one’s heart out to sb;
    alles, was das Herz begehrt everything your heart desires, everything you could possibly wish for;
    sagen, was sein Herz bewegt unburden one’s heart;
    jemandes Herz brechen/gewinnen/stehlen break/win/steal sb’s heart;
    sich (dat)
    ein Herz fassen pluck (umg screw) up some courage;
    mein Herz gehört ihr/der Malerei geh my heart belongs to her/painting is my true love;
    hängen set one’s heart on sth;
    sein ganzes Herz hängt daran it means the world to him;
    es liegt mir am Herzen it means a lot to me (
    zu +inf to be able to +inf);
    es liegt mir am Herzen zu (+inf) auch I’m (very) anxious to (+inf)
    jemandem etwas (besonders) ans Herz legen (nahe legen) urge sb to do sth; (anvertrauen) entrust sb with the task of doing sth;
    sein Herz (an jemanden) verlieren lose one’s heart (to sb);
    er/es ist mir ans Herz gewachsen I have grown fond of him/it;
    auf Herz und Nieren prüfen umg (Person) grill sb; (Sache) put sth through its paces;
    etwas auf dem Herzen haben have sth on one’s mind;
    sein Herz auf der Zunge tragen geh wear one’s heart on one’s sleeve;
    aus tiefstem Herzen geh from the bottom of one’s heart;
    ein Herz für Kinder/Tiere etc a place in one’s heart for children/animals etc;
    sein Herz für … entdecken discover a fondness ( oder liking) for …;
    ins Herz schließen grow very fond of sb, become very attached to sb;
    jemandem nicht ins Herz sehen können not be able to look into sb’s heart;
    da lacht mir das Herz im Leibe! it makes my heart leap for joy!;
    mit ganzem/halben Herzen dabei sein etc: heart and soul, wholeheartedly/halfheartedly;
    er ist mit ganzem Herzen bei der Arbeit his heart’s in his work;
    ein Mann etc
    nach meinem Herzen after my own heart;
    ich kann es nicht übers Herz bringen I can’t bring myself to do it, I haven’t got the heart (to do it);
    mir wurde warm ums Herz I felt all warm inside;
    es war ihr leicht/schwer ums Herz she felt relieved/heavy-hearted;
    er weiß, wie mir ums Herz ist he knows how I feel;
    von Herzen sincerely;
    von Herzen froh heartily pleased;
    von Herzen gern gladly, with great pleasure;
    es kommt von Herzen it comes from the heart;
    von Herzen kommend sincere, heartfelt;
    von ganzem Herzen with all one’s heart;
    ich bedanke mich von ganzem Herzen I’m deeply grateful (to you);
    sich (dat)
    etwas zu Herzen nehmen take sth to heart;
    wes das Herz voll ist, dem gehet der Mund über sprichw when you’re excited about something, you simply can’t help talking about it; → Fleck 3, gebrochen B, Hand1 3, leicht A 3, Mördergrube, schwer A 2, Stein 1
    Herz2 n; -, -
    1. nur sg; Kartenfarbe: hearts pl
    2. Einzelkarte: heart
    Herz… im subst … of hearts;
    Herzzwei two of hearts;
    Herzdrei three of hearts
    * * *
    das; Herzens, Herzen
    1) (auch): (herzförmiger Gegenstand, zentraler Teil) heart

    sie hat es am Herzen — (ugs.) she has a bad heart; (fig.)

    komm an mein Herz, Geliebter — come into my arms, my darling

    mir blutet das Herz — (auch iron.) my heart bleeds

    ihm rutschte od. fiel das Herz in die Hose[n] — (ugs., oft scherzh.) his heart sank into his boots

    jemandem das Herz brechen — (geh.) break somebody's heart

    jemanden/etwas auf Herz und Nieren prüfen — (ugs.) grill somebody/go over something with a fine tooth-comb

    2) (meist geh.): (Gemüt) heart

    die Herzen bewegen/rühren — touch people's hearts

    jemandes Herz hängt an etwas — (Dat.) (jemand möchte etwas sehr gerne behalten) somebody is attached to something; (jemand möchte etwas sehr gerne haben) somebody's heart is set on something

    ihm war/wurde das Herz schwer — his heart was/grew heavy

    alles, was das Herz begehrt — everything one's heart desires

    sich (Dat.) ein Herz fassen — pluck up one's courage; take one's courage in both hands

    sein Herz für etwas entdecken — (geh.) discover a passion for something

    ein Herz für Kinder/die Kunst haben — have a love of children/art

    seinem Herzen einen Stoß geben — [suddenly] pluck up courage

    seinem Herzen Luft machen — (ugs.) give vent to one's feelings

    leichten Herzens — easily; happily

    jemand/etwas liegt jemandem am Herzen — somebody has the interests of somebody/something at heart

    jemand/etwas ist jemandem ans Herz gewachsen — somebody has grown very fond of somebody/something

    jemanden ins od. in sein Herz schließen — take to somebody

    mit halbem Herzen — (geh.) half-heartedly

    es nicht übers Herz bringen, etwas zu tun — not have the heart to do something

    von Herzen gern — [most] gladly

    von ganzem Herzen — (aufrichtig) with all one's heart; (aus voller Überzeugung) whole-heartedly

    sich (Dat.) etwas zu Herzen nehmen — take something to heart

    mit ganzem Herzen — (geh.) whole-heartedly

    jemandem aus dem Herzen sprechen — express just what somebody is/was thinking; s. auch Luft 3); Stein 2); Stich 5)

    3) (Kartenspiel) hearts pl.; (Karte) heart; s. auch Pik II
    4) (Kosewort)
    * * *
    -en n.
    heart n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Herz

  • 75 back

    1.
    [bæk]noun
    1) (of person, animal) Rücken, der

    stand back to back — Rücken an Rücken stehen

    as soon as my back was turned — (fig.) sowie ich den Rücken gedreht hatte

    turn one's back on somebody — jemandem den Rücken zuwenden; (fig.): (abandon somebody) jemanden im Stich lassen

    turn one's back on something — (fig.) sich um etwas nicht kümmern

    get or put somebody's back up — (fig.) jemanden wütend machen

    be glad to see the back of somebody/something — (fig.) froh sein, jemanden/etwas nicht mehr sehen zu müssen

    have one's back to the wall — (fig.) mit dem Rücken zur Wand stehen

    get off my back — (fig. coll.) lass mich zufrieden

    have somebody/something on one's back — (fig.) jemanden/etwas am Hals haben (ugs.)

    put one's back into something — (fig.) sich für etwas mit allen Kräften einsetzen

    2) (outer or rear surface) Rücken, der; (of vehicle) Heck, das; (inside car) Rücksitz, der

    the car went into the back of me — (coll.) das Auto ist mir hinten reingefahren (ugs.)

    know something like the back of one's hand — (fig.) etwas wie seine Westentasche kennen

    the back of one's/the head — der Hinterkopf

    3) (of book) (spine) [Buch]rücken, der; (final pages) Ende, das

    at the back [of the book] — hinten [im Buch]

    4) (of dress) Rücken, der; (of knife) [Messer]rücken, der
    5) (more remote part) hinterer Teil

    at the back [of something] — hinten [in etwas (Dat.)]; im hinteren Teil [von etwas]

    6) (of chair) [Rücken]lehne, die; (of house, cheque) Rückseite, die; (back wall) Rückseite, die; Rückwand, die

    please get to the back of the queue — bitte, stellen Sie sich hinten an

    in back of something — (Amer.) hinter etwas (Dat.)

    7) (Sport): (player) Verteidiger, der
    8) (of ship) Kiel, der
    2. adjective, no compar.; superl.
    backmost ['bækməʊst]
    1) (situated behind) hinter...
    2) (of the past) früher
    3) (overdue) rückständig [Lohn, Steuern]
    3. adverb
    1) (to the rear) zurück
    2) (behind) zurück; weiter hinten

    back of something — (Amer.) hinter etwas (Dat.)

    3) (at a distance)
    4) (to original position, home) [wieder] zurück

    the journey back — die Rückfahrt/der Rückflug

    6) (in the past) zurück

    a week/month back — vor einer Woche/vor einem Monat

    7) (in return) zurück

    I got a letter back — er/sie hat mir wiedergeschrieben

    4. transitive verb
    1) (assist) helfen (+ Dat.); unterstützen [Person, Sache]
    2) (bet on) wetten od. setzen auf (+ Akk.) [Pferd, Gewinner, Favorit]

    back the wrong/right horse — (lit. or fig.) aufs falsche/richtige Pferd setzen (ugs.)

    3) (cause to move back) zurücksetzen [mit] [Fahrzeug]; rückwärts gehen lassen [Pferd]
    4) (put or act as a back to) [an der Rückseite] verstärken
    5) (endorse) indossieren [Wechsel, Scheck]
    6) (lie at the back of)

    back something — hinten an etwas (Akk.) grenzen

    7) (Mus.) begleiten
    5. intransitive verb

    back into/out of something — rückwärts in etwas (Akk.)/aus etwas fahren

    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/4912/back_down">back down
    * * *
    [bæk] 1. noun
    1) (in man, the part of the body from the neck to the bottom of the spine: She lay on her back.) der Rücken
    2) (in animals, the upper part of the body: She put the saddle on the horse's back.) der Rücken
    3) (that part of anything opposite to or furthest from the front: the back of the house; She sat at the back of the hall.) die Rückseite
    4) (in football, hockey etc a player who plays behind the forwards.) der/die Verteidiger/-in
    2. adjective
    (of or at the back: the back door.) rückwärtig
    3. adverb
    1) (to, or at, the place or person from which a person or thing came: I went back to the shop; He gave the car back to its owner.) zurück
    2) (away (from something); not near (something): Move back! Let the ambulance get to the injured man; Keep back from me or I'll hit you!)
    3) (towards the back (of something): Sit back in your chair.) zurück
    4) (in return; in response to: When the teacher is scolding you, don't answer back.) zurück
    5) (to, or in, the past: Think back to your childhood.) zurück
    4. verb
    1) (to (cause to) move backwards: He backed (his car) out of the garage.) (sich) rückwärts bewegen
    2) (to help or support: Will you back me against the others?) unterstützen, Rückhalt bieten
    3) (to bet or gamble on: I backed your horse to win.) setzen auf
    •
    - backer
    - backbite
    - backbiting
    - backbone
    - backbreaking
    - backdate
    - backfire
    - background
    - backhand     5. adverb
    (using backhand: She played the stroke backhand; She writes backhand.) Schlag mit der Rückhand
    - backlog
    - back-number
    - backpack
    - backpacking: go backpacking
    - backpacker
    - backside
    - backslash
    - backstroke
    - backup
    - backwash
    - backwater
    - backyard
    - back down
    - back of
    - back on to
    - back out
    - back up
    - have one's back to the wall
    - put someone's back up
    - take a back seat
    * * *
    [bæk]
    I. n
    1. (of body) Rücken m
    to be on one's \back (be ill) daniederliegen geh, flachliegen sl
    behind sb's \back ( fig) hinter jds Rücken
    to lie on one's \back auf dem Rücken liegen
    to put [or throw] one's \back out sich akk verheben [o ÖSTERR verreißen] [o SCHWEIZ überlüpfen]
    to slap sb on the \back jdm auf den Rücken klopfen
    \back to \back Rücken an Rücken
    2. (not front) of building, page Rückseite f; of car Heck nt; of chair Lehne f; (in car) Rücksitz[e] m[pl], Fond m fachspr
    we sat at the \back of the theatre wir saßen ganz hinten im Theater
    Ted is out [or BRIT, AUS round] the \back [or AM out \back] Ted ist draußen hinter dem [o fam hinterm] Haus
    at [or in] the \back [of the bus/book] hinten [im Bus/Buch]
    in the \back of the car auf dem Rücksitz [o fachspr im Fond]
    \back to front verkehrt herum
    \back of the hand/head/leg Handrücken m/Hinterkopf m/Wade f
    3. SPORT (player) Verteidiger(in) m(f)
    4.
    ▶ at sb's \back (supporting) hinter jdm; (pursuing) hinter jdm her fam
    ▶ at the \back of beyond am Ende der Welt hum, jwd hum fam
    ▶ to do sth on the \back of sth etw auf der Basis [o aufgrund] einer S. gen tun
    ▶ to get off sb's \back jdn in Ruhe lassen
    ▶ to get [or put] sb's \back up jdn in Rage bringen [o versetzen], jdn wütend machen
    ▶ to be glad to see the \back of sb froh sein, jdn los zu sein
    ▶ to have one's \back against the wall mit dem Rücken zur [o an der] Wand stehen
    ▶ to know sth \back to front etw im Schlaf [o fam vorwärts und rückwärts] können
    ▶ to know sth like the \back of one's hand etw in- und auswendig [o wie seine Westentasche] kennen fam
    ▶ in [or at] the \back of one's mind im Hinterkopf
    ▶ to have sb/sth on one's \back jdn/etw am [o auf dem] Hals haben fam
    the cops are on my \back ich habe die Bullen am Hals fam
    ▶ to put sb on sb's \back jdm jdn auf den Hals schicken [o hetzen] fam
    ▶ to put one's \back into sth sich akk in etw akk hineinknien fam
    ▶ to ride on the \back of sth im Fahrwasser einer S. gen mitschwimmen fam
    ▶ to stab sb in the \back jdm in den Rücken fallen
    ▶ to turn one's \back on sb (reject) sich akk von jdm abwenden; (ignore) jdm den Rücken [zu]kehren; (let down) jdn im Stich lassen
    II. adj attr, inv
    1.
    (rear) Hinter-
    \back door Hintertür f
    \back entrance Hintereingang m
    \back leg Hinterbein nt
    \back pocket Gesäßtasche f
    \back seat Rücksitz m
    \back tooth Backenzahn m
    2. (of body) pain, problems Rücken-
    3. (old) alt
    \back issue alte Ausgabe
    \back orders Auftragsrückstand m
    4.
    ▶ to be on the \back burner ( fam) auf Eis liegen fam
    ▶ to put sth on the \back burner ( fam) etw auf Eis legen fam
    III. adv inv
    1. (to previous place) [wieder] zurück, SCHWEIZ a. [wieder] retour
    there and \back hin und zurück
    to be \back [wieder] zurück [o wieder da] sein
    I'll be \back ich komme wieder
    to bring \back memories Erinnerungen wecken
    to come \back zurückkommen, SCHWEIZ a. retour kommen
    to come \back [into fashion] wieder in Mode kommen
    to put sth \back etw zurücklegen
    to want sb/sth \back jdn/etw zurück[haben] [o SCHWEIZ a. retour [haben]] wollen fam
    \back and forth hin und her
    to hold sb \back ( fig) jdn zurückhalten
    don't let anything hold you \back lass dich durch nichts aufhalten
    to lie \back sich akk zurücklegen
    to look \back zurückblicken a. fig
    to sit \back sich akk zurücklehnen
    to stand [well] \back zurücktreten, Abstand halten
    to throw \back one's head den Kopf zurückwerfen
    ▪ \back of sb/sth AM (to rear) hinter jdn/etw; (at rear) hinter jdm/etw
    to call \back zurückrufen
    to fight [or hit] \back zurückschlagen
    to pay sth \back etw zurückzahlen
    to write \back zurückschreiben
    as far \back as I can remember so weit ich zurückdenken kann
    that was \back in 1950 das war [schon] 1950
    two months/years \back vor zwei Monaten/Jahren
    5. AM (losing)
    we were two points \back wir waren zwei Punkte hinter dem Gegner
    6.
    ▶ to get [or pay] sb \back [or get \back at sb] [for sth] jdm etw heimzahlen
    IV. vt
    1. (support)
    ▪ to \back sth idea, plan, proposal etw unterstützen [o befürworten]
    ▪ to \back sb jdn unterstützen; (encourage) jdm den Rücken stärken
    to \back a bill FIN [als Dritter] einen Wechsel unterzeichnen; LAW einen Gesetzesentwurf unterstützen
    to \back a horse auf ein Pferd setzen
    2. (drive)
    she \backed the car into the garage sie fuhr rückwärts in die Garage
    ▪ to \back sb/sth concert, band jdn/etw begleiten
    4. TECH (line)
    ▪ to \back sth etw mit einem Rücken versehen
    5.
    ▶ to \back the wrong horse aufs falsche Pferd setzen fam
    V. vi car zurücksetzen
    the car \backed down the hill das Auto fuhr rückwärts den Berg hinunter
    * * *
    [bk]
    1. n
    1) (of person, animal, book) Rücken m; (of chair) (Rücken)lehne f

    to break one's back (lit) — sich (dat) das Rückgrat brechen; (fig) sich abrackern, sich abmühen

    to put one's back into sth (fig) — sich bei etw anstrengen, bei etw Einsatz zeigen

    to turn one's back on sb (lit) — jdm den Rücken zuwenden; (fig) sich von jdm abwenden

    when I needed him he turned his back on me —

    he's got the boss on his back all the time — er hat dauernd seinen Chef auf dem Hals

    to have one's back to the wall (fig) — in die Enge getrieben sein/werden

    I was pleased to see the back of them (inf) — ich war froh, sie endlich los zu sein (inf)

    2) (as opposed to front) Rück- or Hinterseite f; (of hand, dress) Rücken m; (of house, page, coin, cheque) Rückseite f; (of material) linke Seite

    at/on the back of the bus — hinten im/am Bus

    in the back (of a car) —

    there's one other worry at the back of my mind — da ist noch etwas, das mich beschäftigt

    at the back of the garage (inside) — hinten in der Garage; (outside) hinter der Garage

    at the back of beyond — am Ende der Welt, jwd (hum)

    in back (US) — hinten

    3) (FTBL) Verteidiger(in) m(f); (RUGBY) Hinterspieler(in) m(f)
    2. adj
    Hinter-; rent ausstehend, rückständig
    3. adv
    1)

    (= to the rear) (stand) back! — zurück(treten)!, (treten Sie) zurück!

    2) (= in return) zurück
    3) (= returning) zurück

    to come/go back — zurückkommen/-gehen

    4) (= again) wieder

    I'll never go back — da gehe ich nie wieder hin

    5)

    (= ago in time phrases) a week back — vor einer Woche

    back in March, 1987 —

    far back in the past — vor langer, langer Zeit, vor Urzeiten

    4. prep (US)
    5. vt
    1) (= support) unterstützen

    I will back you whatever you do — egal was du tust, ich stehe hinter dir

    2) (BETTING) setzen or wetten auf (+acc)
    3) (= cause to move) car zurückfahren or -setzen; cart zurückfahren; horse rückwärts gehen lassen

    he backed his car into the tree/garage — er fuhr rückwärts gegen den Baum/in die Garage

    4) (MUS) singer begleiten
    5) (= put sth behind) picture mit einem Rücken versehen, unterlegen; (= stick on) aufziehen
    6. vi
    1) (= move backwards car, train) zurücksetzen or -fahren
    2) (NAUT wind) drehen
    * * *
    back1 [bæk]
    A s
    1. ANAT, ZOOL
    a) Rücken m
    b) Rückgrat n, Kreuz n:
    at the (US in) back of hinter (dat);
    be at the back of sth hinter etwas stecken;
    behind sb’s back
    a) hinter jemandes Rücken (a. fig),
    b) fig in jemandes Abwesenheit;
    on one’s back
    a) auf dem Leib (Kleidungsstück),
    b) auch flat on one’s back bettlägerig, krank
    c) auch flat on one’s back hilflos, aufgeschmissen umg;
    carry sth on one’s back etwas auf dem Rücken tragen;
    have sb on one’s back jemanden auf dem Hals haben;
    with one’s back to the wall mit dem Rücken zur Wand;
    have one’s back to the wall mit dem Rücken zur Wand stehen;
    spend every penny on one’s back sein ganzes Geld für Kleidung ausgeben;
    break one’s back sich abplagen;
    break sb’s back
    a) jemandem das Kreuz brechen (a. fig),
    b) fig jemanden zugrunde richten oder umg fertigmachen;
    break the back of sth das Schwierigste einer Sache hinter sich bringen;
    put ( oder get) sb’s back up jemanden auf die Palme bringen;
    put one’s back into sth sich bei einer Sache ins Zeug legen, sich in eine Sache hineinknien;
    be glad ( oder pleased) to see the back of sb froh sein, jemanden los zu sein;
    I hope I’ve seen the back of him hoffentlich sehe ich den Kerl nie wieder;
    turn one’s back on sb
    a) jemandem den Rücken zuwenden,
    b) fig jemandem den Rücken kehren, sich von jemandem abkehren;
    make a back einen Buckel machen, sich bücken;
    a) Rücken an Rücken,
    b) bes US nacheinander;
    he has a strong back er hat einen breiten Rücken oder Buckel (a. fig); → scratch C 2
    2. Hinter-, Rückseite f (des Kopfes, Hauses, Briefes, einer Tür etc), Unterseite f (eines Blattes), (Buch-, Berg-, Messer- etc) Rücken m, Kehrseite f (eines Bildes etc), (Rück)Lehne f (eines Stuhls), linke Seite (des Tuches), Boden m (eines Saiteninstruments):
    back of one’s ( oder the) hand Handrücken;
    know sth back to front etwas in- und auswendig kennen;
    know a place like the back of one’s hand einen Ort wie seine Hosentasche kennen;
    run into the back of sb AUTO jemandem hinten reinfahren;
    he ran into the back of another car er hatte einen Auffahrunfall
    3. hinterer oder rückwärtiger oder entfernt gelegener Teil, Hintergrund m:
    back of the head Hinterkopf m:
    back of the house rückwärtiger oder hinterer Teil des Hauses;
    at ( oder in) the back of beyond fig bes Br wo sich Fuchs und Hase gute Nacht sagen, am Ende oder sl Arsch der Welt;
    his name was (somewhere) at ( oder in) the back of my mind ich erinnerte mich dunkel an seinen Namen;
    have sth at the back of one’s mind insgeheim an etwas denken;
    at the back of the stage im Hintergrund der Bühne;
    at the back of the plane hinten im Flugzeug;
    in the back of the car auf dem Rücksitz oder im Fond des Autos
    4. Rückenteil m (eines Kleidungsstückes):
    have one’s pullover on back to front den Pullover verkehrt herum anhaben
    5. Hinterstück n:
    back of a roe GASTR Rehziemer m
    6. ARCH Hauptdachbalken m
    7. → backyard
    8. SPORT Verteidiger(in)
    B adj
    1. rückwärtig, letzt(er, e, es), hinter(er, e, es), Hinter…, Rück…, Nach…:
    back entrance Hintereingang m;
    back pass SPORT
    a) Rückpass m,
    b) Rückgabe f (zum Tormann)
    2. fern, abgelegen:
    back country Hinterland n;
    back province finster(st)e Provinz
    3. LING hinten im Mund geformt:
    a back vowel ein dunkler Vokal
    4. rückläufig:
    back flow Rückfluss m
    5. rückständig (Miete etc):
    back tax Steuerrückstände pl
    6. alt, zurückliegend:
    back issue alte Ausgabe (einer Zeitung etc)
    C adv
    1. zurück, rückwärts:
    a) back and forth hin und her
    b) vor und zurück;
    2. (wieder) zurück:
    he is back (again) er ist wieder da;
    a) wieder zu Hause,
    b) US daheim, bei uns (zu Lande);
    be back in fashion wieder modern sein; → nature 1 d
    3. zurück, vorher:
    20 years back vor 20 Jahren;
    back in 1900 (damals oder noch oder schon) im Jahre 1900
    4. umg zurück, im Rückstand:
    be back in one’s rent mit der Miete im Rückstand sein
    D v/t
    1. a) auch back up jemanden od etwas unterstützen, eintreten für, jemandem den Rücken stärken, jemanden decken, etwas bekräftigen, untermauern, belegen, WIRTSCH die Währung etc stützen, Noten decken
    b) back up COMPUT Daten sichern
    2. auch back up zurückbewegen, einen Wagen, eine Maschine, ein Pferd etc rückwärts fahren oder laufen lassen:
    back one’s car up mit dem Auto rückwärts fahren oder zurückstoßen;
    back the car out of the garage den Wagen rückwärts aus der Garage fahren;
    a) SCHIFF ein Schiff rückwärts rudern, rückwärts fahren,
    b) US umg einen Rückzieher machen
    3. wetten oder setzen auf (akk): → horse A 1
    4. a) ein Pferd etc besteigen
    b) ein Pferd zureiten
    5. auch back up ein Buch etc mit einem Rücken versehen, an der Rückseite verstärken, einen Stuhl mit einer Lehne oder Rückenverstärkung versehen
    6. TECH beschichten, mit einem Überzug versehen
    7. TECH, auch ein Kleidungsstück füttern ( with mit)
    8. WIRTSCH einen Scheck indossieren, gegenzeichnen, einen Wechsel als Bürge unterschreiben, avalieren
    9. auf der Rückseite beschreiben oder bedrucken
    10. den Hintergrund (gen) bilden, hinten grenzen an (akk)
    11. umg auf dem Rücken tragen, auf den Rücken nehmen
    12. JAGD hinter und mit dem Leithund (vor)stehen (Meute)
    E v/i
    1. oft back up sich zurückbewegen, sich rückwärts bewegen, zurückgehen oder -treten oder -fahren, AUTO auch zurückstoßen:
    back out rückwärts herausfahren (of aus)
    2. links umspringen, rückdrehen (Wind)
    a) SCHIFF back und voll brassen, lavieren,
    b) fig unschlüssig sein
    4. back onto hinten angrenzen an (akk)
    back2 [bæk] s Bottich m, Kufe f
    * * *
    1.
    [bæk]noun
    1) (of person, animal) Rücken, der

    as soon as my back was turned — (fig.) sowie ich den Rücken gedreht hatte

    turn one's back on somebody — jemandem den Rücken zuwenden; (fig.): (abandon somebody) jemanden im Stich lassen

    turn one's back on something — (fig.) sich um etwas nicht kümmern

    get or put somebody's back up — (fig.) jemanden wütend machen

    be glad to see the back of somebody/something — (fig.) froh sein, jemanden/etwas nicht mehr sehen zu müssen

    have one's back to the wall — (fig.) mit dem Rücken zur Wand stehen

    get off my back — (fig. coll.) lass mich zufrieden

    have somebody/something on one's back — (fig.) jemanden/etwas am Hals haben (ugs.)

    put one's back into something — (fig.) sich für etwas mit allen Kräften einsetzen

    2) (outer or rear surface) Rücken, der; (of vehicle) Heck, das; (inside car) Rücksitz, der

    the car went into the back of me — (coll.) das Auto ist mir hinten reingefahren (ugs.)

    know something like the back of one's hand — (fig.) etwas wie seine Westentasche kennen

    the back of one's/the head — der Hinterkopf

    3) (of book) (spine) [Buch]rücken, der; (final pages) Ende, das

    at the back [of the book] — hinten [im Buch]

    4) (of dress) Rücken, der; (of knife) [Messer]rücken, der
    5) (more remote part) hinterer Teil

    at the back [of something] — hinten [in etwas (Dat.)]; im hinteren Teil [von etwas]

    6) (of chair) [Rücken]lehne, die; (of house, cheque) Rückseite, die; (back wall) Rückseite, die; Rückwand, die

    please get to the back of the queue — bitte, stellen Sie sich hinten an

    in back of something — (Amer.) hinter etwas (Dat.)

    7) (Sport): (player) Verteidiger, der
    8) (of ship) Kiel, der
    2. adjective, no compar.; superl.
    backmost ['bækməʊst]
    1) (situated behind) hinter...
    2) (of the past) früher
    3) (overdue) rückständig [Lohn, Steuern]
    3. adverb
    1) (to the rear) zurück
    2) (behind) zurück; weiter hinten

    back of something — (Amer.) hinter etwas (Dat.)

    4) (to original position, home) [wieder] zurück

    the journey back — die Rückfahrt/der Rückflug

    6) (in the past) zurück

    a week/month back — vor einer Woche/vor einem Monat

    7) (in return) zurück

    I got a letter back — er/sie hat mir wiedergeschrieben

    4. transitive verb
    1) (assist) helfen (+ Dat.); unterstützen [Person, Sache]
    2) (bet on) wetten od. setzen auf (+ Akk.) [Pferd, Gewinner, Favorit]

    back the wrong/right horse — (lit. or fig.) aufs falsche/richtige Pferd setzen (ugs.)

    3) (cause to move back) zurücksetzen [mit] [Fahrzeug]; rückwärts gehen lassen [Pferd]
    4) (put or act as a back to) [an der Rückseite] verstärken
    5) (endorse) indossieren [Wechsel, Scheck]
    7) (Mus.) begleiten
    5. intransitive verb

    back into/out of something — rückwärts in etwas (Akk.)/aus etwas fahren

    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    adj.
    retour adj.
    zurück adj. n.
    Heck -e n.
    Kehrseite f.
    Rücken - m.
    Rückseite f. v.
    unterstützen v.

    English-german dictionary > back

  • 76 desconocido

    adj.
    1 unknown, anonymous, unfamiliar, obscure.
    2 undiscovered, strange, uncharted.
    f. & m.
    stranger, unidentified individual, unknown individual.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: desconocer.
    * * *
    1→ link=desconocer desconocer
    1 (no conocido) unknown
    2 (no reconocido) unrecognized
    3 (extraño) strange, unfamiliar
    ► nombre masculino,nombre femenino
    1 stranger, unknown person
    1 the unknown
    \
    estar desconocido,-a to be unrecognizable
    * * *
    1. (f. - desconocida)
    noun
    2. (f. - desconocida)
    adj.
    * * *
    desconocido, -a
    1. ADJ
    1) [gen] unknown
    2)

    estar desconocido: con ese traje estás desconocido — I'd hardly recognize you o you're unrecognizable in that suit

    después del divorcio está desconocido — he's a changed person o he's like a different person since the divorce

    2.
    SM / F stranger
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    a) <hecho/método/sensación> unknown
    b) <artista/atleta> unknown
    c) < persona> ( extraño)
    d) (fam) ( irreconocible)

    ahora hasta plancha, está desconocido — he's like a different man, he even does the ironing

    II
    - da masculino, femenino
    a) ( no conocido) stranger
    * * *
    = stranger, unfamiliar, unheard of, unidentified, unknown, unrecognised [unrecognized, -USA], outsider, uncharted, unchartered, unheard, unnoticed, unnoted, nomen nescio [N.N.].
    Ex. Many Americans viewed this influx of strangers with alarm.
    Ex. We are used to background noise in air conditioned buildings but the introduction of additional and unfamiliar sounds from AV equipment may be disturbing.
    Ex. Hypermedia offers unheard of opportunities to gain insight into the way young people perceive, process and use information.
    Ex. Names of speakers from the audience which were not clear from the tapes are listed as ' unidentified'.
    Ex. Works with unknown or uncertain personal authorship, or works emanating from a body that lacks a name are to be entered under title.
    Ex. It is undeniable that the ripest crop of unrecognised great inventors, long-lost heirs to dormant peerages, and assorted harmless drudges is to be gathered in the great general libraries of our major cities.
    Ex. The library director does not want to take the chance that by allowing the trustees to get active he might lose partial control of the library operation to an 'outsider'.
    Ex. News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.
    Ex. This author agrees that the facts listed above are unchartered.
    Ex. As professionals are informed about the often unspoken and unheard stories relating to hearing loss, they can then serve with greater knowledge, empathy, and hope.
    Ex. By retrieving and bringing together these two literatures, that implicit unstated, and perhaps unnoticed hypothesis becomes apparent.
    Ex. This approach draws attention to hitherto unnoted relationships among concepts.
    Ex. Nomen nescio, abbreviated to N.N., is used to signify an anonymous or non-specific person.
    ----
    * algo desconocido = virgin territory.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * desconocido, lo = unfamiliar, the, unknown, the.
    * Dimensión Desconocida = The Twilight Zone.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = talk in + tongues.
    * líquido desconocido = foreign substance.
    * miedo a lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * miedo hacia lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * producto desconocido = foreign substance.
    * salto hacia lo desconocido = leap into + the unknown.
    * ser desconocido para = be alien to.
    * ser un desconocido = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * sustancia desconocida = foreign substance.
    * terreno desconocido = unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * territorio desconocido = unfamiliar territory, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo
    a) <hecho/método/sensación> unknown
    b) <artista/atleta> unknown
    c) < persona> ( extraño)
    d) (fam) ( irreconocible)

    ahora hasta plancha, está desconocido — he's like a different man, he even does the ironing

    II
    - da masculino, femenino
    a) ( no conocido) stranger
    * * *
    = stranger, unfamiliar, unheard of, unidentified, unknown, unrecognised [unrecognized, -USA], outsider, uncharted, unchartered, unheard, unnoticed, unnoted, nomen nescio [N.N.].

    Ex: Many Americans viewed this influx of strangers with alarm.

    Ex: We are used to background noise in air conditioned buildings but the introduction of additional and unfamiliar sounds from AV equipment may be disturbing.
    Ex: Hypermedia offers unheard of opportunities to gain insight into the way young people perceive, process and use information.
    Ex: Names of speakers from the audience which were not clear from the tapes are listed as ' unidentified'.
    Ex: Works with unknown or uncertain personal authorship, or works emanating from a body that lacks a name are to be entered under title.
    Ex: It is undeniable that the ripest crop of unrecognised great inventors, long-lost heirs to dormant peerages, and assorted harmless drudges is to be gathered in the great general libraries of our major cities.
    Ex: The library director does not want to take the chance that by allowing the trustees to get active he might lose partial control of the library operation to an 'outsider'.
    Ex: News of boundless timber reserves spread, and before long lumberjacks from the thinning hardwood forests of New England swarmed into the uncharted area with no other possessions than their axes and brawn and the clothing they wore.
    Ex: This author agrees that the facts listed above are unchartered.
    Ex: As professionals are informed about the often unspoken and unheard stories relating to hearing loss, they can then serve with greater knowledge, empathy, and hope.
    Ex: By retrieving and bringing together these two literatures, that implicit unstated, and perhaps unnoticed hypothesis becomes apparent.
    Ex: This approach draws attention to hitherto unnoted relationships among concepts.
    Ex: Nomen nescio, abbreviated to N.N., is used to signify an anonymous or non-specific person.
    * algo desconocido = virgin territory.
    * de causas desconocidas = idiopathic.
    * desconocido, lo = unfamiliar, the, unknown, the.
    * Dimensión Desconocida = The Twilight Zone.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = talk in + tongues.
    * líquido desconocido = foreign substance.
    * miedo a lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * miedo hacia lo desconocido = fear of the unknown.
    * moverse en terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * pisar terreno desconocido = be out of + Posesivo + depth, be in over + Posesivo + head.
    * producto desconocido = foreign substance.
    * salto hacia lo desconocido = leap into + the unknown.
    * ser desconocido para = be alien to.
    * ser un desconocido = not know + Pronombre + from Adam.
    * sustancia desconocida = foreign substance.
    * terreno desconocido = unchartered territory, unchartered waters.
    * territorio desconocido = unfamiliar territory, unchartered territory, unchartered waters.

    * * *
    1 ‹razón/hecho› unknown; ‹métodos/sensación› unknown
    por razones desconocidas vendió todo y se fue for some unknown reason he sold up and left
    partió con destino desconocido she set off for an unknown destination
    su rostro no me era del todo desconocido his face wasn't wholly unfamiliar to me
    una sensación de terror hasta entonces desconocida a feeling of terror the like of which I/he had never experienced before
    técnicas hasta ahora desconocidas hitherto unknown techniques
    su obra es prácticamente desconocida en Europa her work is practically unknown in Europe
    de origen desconocido of unknown origin
    lo desconocido siempre lo ha intrigado he has always been fascinated by the unknown
    2 ‹artista/atleta› unknown
    3 ‹persona›
    (extraño): una persona desconocida a stranger
    4 ( fam)
    (irreconocible): con ese peinado nuevo está desconocida she's unrecognizable o totally changed with her new hairstyle
    ahora hasta plancha, está desconocido he's like a different man o he's a changed person, he even does the ironing
    masculine, feminine
    1 (no conocido) stranger
    no hables con desconocidos don't talk to strangers
    2
    (no identificado): fue atacado por unos desconocidos he was attacked by unknown assailants
    un desconocido le asestó una puñalada he was stabbed by an unidentified person o by someone whose identity has not been established
    * * *

     

    Del verbo desconocer: ( conjugate desconocer)

    desconocido es:

    el participio

    Multiple Entries:
    desconocer    
    desconocido
    desconocer ( conjugate desconocer) verbo transitivo
    a) ( no conocer):


    desconocía este hecho I was unaware of this fact


    desconocido
    ◊ -da adjetivo ( en general) unknown;

    un cantante desconocido an unknown singer;
    una persona desconocida a stranger
    ■ sustantivo masculino, femenino ( no conocido) stranger
    desconocer verbo transitivo
    1 (no saber) not to know, to be unaware of
    2 (no reconocer, encontrar muy cambiado) to fail to recognize: ¿tú maquillada?, te desconozco, you with make up?, I can hardly recognize you
    desconocido,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 unknown
    una voz desconocida, an unfamiliar voice
    2 (irreconocible) unrecognizable: estás desconocida, you have changed a lot
    II sustantivo masculino y femenino stranger
    III sustantivo masculino lo desconocido, the unknown

    ' desconocido' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    anónima
    - anónimo
    - desconocida
    - incierta
    - incierto
    - inédita
    - inédito
    - paradero
    - extraño
    - miedo
    - perfecto
    English:
    mate
    - obscure
    - strange
    - stranger
    - undiscovered
    - unfamiliar
    - unknown
    - blind
    - outsider
    - perfect
    * * *
    desconocido, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [no conocido] unknown;
    su cine es del todo desconocido en Europa his movies are totally unknown in Europe;
    elementos químicos entonces desconocidos chemical elements then unknown;
    una enfermedad hasta ahora desconocida a hitherto unknown illness;
    por causas todavía desconocidas for reasons as yet unknown o which are still unknown;
    nació en 1821, de padre desconocido he was born in 1821, and it is not known who his father was;
    el mundo de lo desconocido the world of the unknown;
    2. [extraño]
    no dé su teléfono o dirección a personas desconocidas don't give your telephone number or address to strangers
    3. [sin fama] unknown;
    escritores jóvenes, casi desconocidos young, almost unknown, writers
    4. [muy cambiado]
    estar desconocido to have changed beyond all recognition;
    ¿ya no fumas ni bebes? ¡chico, estás desconocido! you don't smoke or drink any more? well, well, you're a changed man!;
    el viejo bar estaba desconocido the old bar was unrecognizable;
    así, sin gafas, estás desconocido like that, with no glasses, you're unrecognizable
    ♦ nm,f
    1. [extraño] stranger;
    hablar con un desconocido to talk to a stranger;
    no le abras la puerta a desconocidos don't open the door to strangers
    2. [persona sin fama] unknown;
    le dieron el premio a un (perfecto) desconocido they gave the prize to a complete unknown
    3. [persona sin identificar] unidentified person;
    un desconocido le disparó un tiro en la cabeza he was shot in the head by an unknown assailant;
    tres desconocidos prendieron fuego a varias tiendas several shops were set on fire by three unidentified persons
    * * *
    I adj unknown
    II m, desconocida f stranger
    * * *
    desconocido, -da adj
    : unknown, unfamiliar
    desconocido, -da n
    extraño: stranger
    * * *
    1. (no conocido) unknown
    2. (extraño) strange / unfamiliar
    desconocido2 n stranger

    Spanish-English dictionary > desconocido

  • 77 permitir

    v.
    1 to allow, to permit.
    permitir a alguien hacer algo to allow somebody to do something
    ¿me permite? may I?
    ¡no te permito que me hables así! I won't have you talking to me like that!
    si el tiempo lo permite weather permitting
    Le permití su celular I allowed him his cellular phone
    Ellos permiten el relajo They permit moral decline.
    Ella permite autos viejos She permits old cars.
    2 to allow, to enable (hacer posible).
    el cable permite enviar información a mayor velocidad cable allows o enables information to be sent faster
    El sistema permite la escritura The system enables scripture.
    3 to allow to, to enable to.
    María le permite a Ricardo firmar Mary allows Richard to sign.
    Ellos permiten pintar They allow to paint.
    * * *
    1 to allow, let
    1 to allow oneself, afford
    \
    ¿me permite? may I?
    si el tiempo lo permite weather permitting
    * * *
    verb
    to allow, permit
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=autorizar)
    a) [+ entrada, movimiento] to allow, permit más frm

    - no puedo abrir la puerta -permítame — "I can't open the door" - "allow me"

    si se me permite la expresión o la palabra — if you'll pardon the expression

    • permitir que, no le permitas que te hable así — don't allow her to talk to you like that

    permítame que la ayude, señora — please allow me to help you, madam

    b) [en preguntas]

    ¿me permite? — [al entrar] may I (come in)?; [al pasar al lado de algn] excuse me, please; [al ayudar a algn] may I (help you)?

    ¿me permite su pasaporte, por favor? — may I see your passport please?

    ¿me permite que le diga una cosa? — may I say something to you?

    2) (=hacer posible) to allow, permit más frm

    • permitir (a algn) hacer algo — to allow (sb) to do sth

    • permitir que — + subjun to allow + infin

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( autorizar) to allow, permit (frml)

    no se permite la entrada a personas ajenas a la empresa — staff only, no entry to unauthorized persons

    ¿me permite? — (frml) may I?

    ¿me permite la palabra? — may I say something?

    b) (tolerar, consentir)

    permítame que le diga que... — with all due respect o if you don't mind me saying so...

    c) ( hacer posible) to make... possible
    2.
    permitirse v pron (refl)

    me permito dirigirme a Vd para... — (Corresp) I am writing to you to...

    * * *
    = allow, allow for, enable, give + licence, let, make + provision for, permit, provide, provide for, qualify for, allow + room for, empower, make + possible, leave + room for, provide + a basis for, grant.
    Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.
    Ex. It also allows for and identifies three levels of detail which might be adopted in descriptive cataloguing.
    Ex. Equally, various trade directories and other lists need to list and organise names in a form that will enable a searcher to find information about an organisation or person.
    Ex. Through the employment of such implicitly derogatory terminology librarians virtually give themselves licence to disregard or downgrade the value of certain materials.
    Ex. If the user does not know what the answer is, he stops the command chain at that point, lets the system show an intermediate display for guidance, and then continues his work.
    Ex. In search interfaces, provision is often made for the specification of search terms which must be entered.
    Ex. The note area is the part of the description where it is permitted to include any additional information which the cataloguer feels may be of value to the user.
    Ex. To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.
    Ex. Each card has a grid covering most of the body of the card which provides for the coding of document numbers.
    Ex. FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.
    Ex. Education in many developing countries is still dominated by an emphasis on memorization and rote learning, a central syllabus allowing little room for initiative, and an overemphasis on examinations and certificates.
    Ex. This empowers them to control their lives and participate actively in the development of a just and peaceful society.
    Ex. Field searching: the ability to search for the occurrence of terms in specific fields within the record makes it possible to be more precise in searching.
    Ex. Pavements is included in the American sense; as Sidewalks does not rate a mention at all, this could leave room for ambiguity.
    Ex. This framework is designed to provide a basis both for identifying differences between firms and for thinking through the implications and likely outcomes of intervention both operationally and competitively.
    Ex. In the majority of cases, the indexer is granted considerable freedom of choice as to the citation order he adopts in the construction of compound class numbers.
    ----
    * cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.
    * no permitir = disallow.
    * no poder permitirse = ill afford.
    * no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.
    * permítanme que + Subjuntivo = let me try to + Infinitivo.
    * permitir apenas = leave + little room for.
    * permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.
    * permitir opinar sobre = give + Nombre + a say in.
    * permitir que + Nombre/Pronombre + Subjuntivo = have + Nombre + Verbo.
    * permitirse el lujo = have + luxury.
    * permitirse el lujo de = afford, splurge on.
    * que permite desarrollar menús de consulta = menu-making.
    * si el tiempo lo permite = weather permitting.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( autorizar) to allow, permit (frml)

    no se permite la entrada a personas ajenas a la empresa — staff only, no entry to unauthorized persons

    ¿me permite? — (frml) may I?

    ¿me permite la palabra? — may I say something?

    b) (tolerar, consentir)

    permítame que le diga que... — with all due respect o if you don't mind me saying so...

    c) ( hacer posible) to make... possible
    2.
    permitirse v pron (refl)

    me permito dirigirme a Vd para... — (Corresp) I am writing to you to...

    * * *
    = allow, allow for, enable, give + licence, let, make + provision for, permit, provide, provide for, qualify for, allow + room for, empower, make + possible, leave + room for, provide + a basis for, grant.

    Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.

    Ex: It also allows for and identifies three levels of detail which might be adopted in descriptive cataloguing.
    Ex: Equally, various trade directories and other lists need to list and organise names in a form that will enable a searcher to find information about an organisation or person.
    Ex: Through the employment of such implicitly derogatory terminology librarians virtually give themselves licence to disregard or downgrade the value of certain materials.
    Ex: If the user does not know what the answer is, he stops the command chain at that point, lets the system show an intermediate display for guidance, and then continues his work.
    Ex: In search interfaces, provision is often made for the specification of search terms which must be entered.
    Ex: The note area is the part of the description where it is permitted to include any additional information which the cataloguer feels may be of value to the user.
    Ex: To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.
    Ex: Each card has a grid covering most of the body of the card which provides for the coding of document numbers.
    Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.
    Ex: Education in many developing countries is still dominated by an emphasis on memorization and rote learning, a central syllabus allowing little room for initiative, and an overemphasis on examinations and certificates.
    Ex: This empowers them to control their lives and participate actively in the development of a just and peaceful society.
    Ex: Field searching: the ability to search for the occurrence of terms in specific fields within the record makes it possible to be more precise in searching.
    Ex: Pavements is included in the American sense; as Sidewalks does not rate a mention at all, this could leave room for ambiguity.
    Ex: This framework is designed to provide a basis both for identifying differences between firms and for thinking through the implications and likely outcomes of intervention both operationally and competitively.
    Ex: In the majority of cases, the indexer is granted considerable freedom of choice as to the citation order he adopts in the construction of compound class numbers.
    * cuando el tiempo lo permita = when the weather permits.
    * no permitir = disallow.
    * no poder permitirse = ill afford.
    * no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.
    * permítanme que + Subjuntivo = let me try to + Infinitivo.
    * permitir apenas = leave + little room for.
    * permitir la posibilidad = afford + possibility, allow for.
    * permitir opinar sobre = give + Nombre + a say in.
    * permitir que + Nombre/Pronombre + Subjuntivo = have + Nombre + Verbo.
    * permitirse el lujo = have + luxury.
    * permitirse el lujo de = afford, splurge on.
    * que permite desarrollar menús de consulta = menu-making.
    * si el tiempo lo permite = weather permitting.

    * * *
    permitir [I1 ]
    vt
    1 (autorizar) to allow, permit ( frml)
    la ley no lo permite the law does not permit o allow it
    no van a permitir la entrada sin invitación they're not going to let people in without invitations
    no le permitieron ver a su esposa he was not allowed to see his wife
    no está permitido el uso de cámaras fotográficas en la sala the use of cameras is not permitted in the hall
    [ S ] no se permite la entrada a personas ajenas a la empresa staff only, no entry to unauthorized persons
    su título le permite ejercer la profesión her qualification allows her to practice the profession
    ¿me permite la palabra? may I say something?
    los síntomas permiten hablar de una enfermedad infecciosa the symptoms point to o indicate an infectious disease
    la autorización nos permitió tener acceso a los archivos the authorization gave us o allowed us to have access to the files
    su salud no le permite hacer ese tipo de viaje her health does not allow o permit her to undertake such a journey
    2
    (tolerar, consentir): no te permito que me hables en ese tono I won't have you taking that tone with me
    no permitiremos ninguna injerencia en nuestros asuntos we will not allow anyone to interfere in our affairs
    ¿me permite? — sí, por favor, siéntese ( frml); may I? — yes, please, do sit down
    permítame que le diga que está equivocado with all due respect o if you don't mind me saying so, I think you're mistaken
    si se me permite la expresión if you'll pardon the expression
    si el tiempo lo permite weather permitting
    ( refl):
    puede permitirse el lujo de no trabajar she can allow herself the luxury of not working
    no puedo permitirme tantos gastos I can't afford to spend so much money
    me permito dirigirme a Vd para … ( Corresp) I am writing to you to …
    me permito solicitar a Vd que … ( Corresp) I am writing to request that …
    se permite muchas confianzas con el jefe he's very familiar with the boss
    ¿cómo se permite hablarle así a una señora? how dare you speak to a lady like that?
    * * *

     

    permitir ( conjugate permitir) verbo transitivo
    a) ( autorizar) to allow, permit (frml);


    no van a permitirles la entrada they're not going to let them in;
    ¿me permite? (frml) may I?
    b) (tolerar, consentir):

    ◊ no te permito que me hables así I won't have you speak o I won't tolerate you speaking to me like that;

    si se me permite la expresión if you'll pardon the expression
    c) ( hacer posible) to enable, to make … possible;


    si el tiempo lo permite weather permitting
    permitirse verbo pronominal ( refl) to allow oneself;
    ( económicamente):
    ◊ puedo/no puedo permitirme ese lujo I can/can't afford that luxury

    permitir verbo transitivo
    1 to allow, permit: no le permitas ir, don't let him go
    no se permiten perros, no dogs allowed
    2 (consentir, tolerar) ¿me permite hablar?, may I speak?
    no permitiré que me insultes, I will not allow you to insult me
    si me permite, if you don't mind
    3 (hacer posible) to make possible

    ' permitir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - admitir
    - calar
    - consentir
    - lujo
    - dejar
    - manera
    English:
    allow
    - ban
    - bar
    - enable
    - fail
    - let
    - permit
    - admit
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [autorizar] to allow, to permit;
    permitir a alguien hacer algo to allow sb to do sth;
    ¿me permite? may I?;
    ¿me permite su carnet de conducir, por favor? may I see your Br driving licence o US driver's license, please?;
    permítele venir o [m5] que venga con nosotros let her come with us;
    permíteme que te ayude let me help you, allow me to help you;
    si el tiempo lo permite weather permitting;
    no permitas que te tomen el pelo don't let them mess you about;
    ¡no te permito que me hables así! I won't have you talking to me like that!;
    no se permite fumar [en letrero] no smoking;
    no se permite la entrada a menores de 18 años [en letrero] no entry for under 18s;
    sus padres no le permiten fumar en casa his parents don't allow him to o won't let him smoke at home
    2. [hacer posible] to allow, to enable;
    la nieve caída permitió abrir la estación de esquí the fallen snow allowed o enabled the ski resort to be opened;
    ese tractor permite roturar los campos más rápidamente with this tractor the fields can be ploughed more quickly;
    este modelo permite enviar y recibir faxes this model allows you to send and receive faxes;
    el cable permite enviar información a mayor velocidad cable allows o enables information to be sent faster
    * * *
    v/t permit, allow
    * * *
    : to permit, to allow
    * * *
    1. (autorizar) to allow / to let [pt. & pp. let]
    no me permiten fumar I'm not allowed to smoke / they don't let me smoke
    2. (posibilitar) to allow / to enable
    ¿me permite? may I?

    Spanish-English dictionary > permitir

  • 78 पर _para

    पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)
    1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.
    -2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.
    -3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.
    -4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.
    -5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.
    -9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.
    -7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).
    -8 Alien, estranged, stranger.
    -9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,
    -1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.
    -11 Final, last.
    -12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.
    -रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.
    -2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.
    -3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.
    -रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.
    -2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.
    -3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.
    -4 The secondary meaning of a word.
    -5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).
    -6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्
    1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.
    -2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.
    -3 thereupon, there- after.
    -4 but, however.
    -5 otherwise.
    -6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.
    -7 most willingly.
    -8 only.
    -9 at the utmost. (b) परेण
    1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.
    -2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.
    -3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे
    1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.
    -2 in future.
    -Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.
    -अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.
    -अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.
    -अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.
    -अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.
    -अन्तः final death. (
    -ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.
    -अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a frontier.
    -अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.
    -अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (
    -न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.
    1 far and near, remote and proximate.
    -2 prior and posterior.
    -3 before and beyond, earlier and later.
    -4 higher and lower, best and worst. (
    -रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (
    -रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.
    -अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.
    -अमृतम् rain.
    1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.
    -2 depending on, subject to.
    -3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.
    -4 connected with.
    -5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.
    -6 leading or conducive to.
    -(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.
    -2 essence, sum.
    -3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.
    -4 firm devotion.
    -5 a universal medicine, panacea.
    -6 a religious order.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having another aim or meaning.
    -2 intended or designed for another, done for another.
    (-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.
    -2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.
    -3 the chief or highest meaning.
    -4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).
    -5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.
    -6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.
    -7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.
    -अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (
    -र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.
    -अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.
    -2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.
    -अर्धक a. One half of anything.
    -अर्ध्य a.
    1 being on the farther side or half.
    -2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.
    -3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.
    -4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.
    -5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.
    -6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.
    (-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.
    -2 an infinite number.
    1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.
    -2 earlier and later.
    -3 prior and posterior or subsequent.
    -4 higher and lower.
    -5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.
    -6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (
    -रा) descendants.
    (-रम्) 1 cause and effect.
    -2 the whole extent of an idea.
    -3 the universe.
    -4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.
    -अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.
    -अहः the next day.
    -अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.
    -आगमः attack of an enemy.
    -आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (
    -तः) a slave.
    -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.
    -आयत्त a.
    1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.
    -2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.
    -आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.
    -आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -आश्रय a. dependent upon another.
    (-यः) 1 dependence upon another.
    -2 the retreat of enemies. (
    -या) a plant growing on another tree.
    -आसङ्गः dependence upon another.
    -आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.
    1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.
    -2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.
    -ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -इष्टिः N. of Brahman.
    -इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.
    -उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.
    -उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.
    -उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.
    -उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.
    -उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.
    -उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.
    -उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.
    -उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.
    -ऊढा another's wife.
    -एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.
    (-तः) 1 a servant.
    -2 the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.
    -कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.
    -कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).
    -कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.
    -कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः
    1 a benevolent man.
    -2 a slave, servant.
    -काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.
    -कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.
    -क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.
    -क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.
    -क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.
    -2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.
    -3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.
    -गामिन् a.
    1 being with another.
    -2 relating to another.
    -3 beneficial to another.
    -गुण a. beneficial to another. (
    -णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.
    -ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.
    -ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.
    -चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.
    -2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.
    -3 a hostile prince.
    -छन्द a. dependent.
    (-दः) 1 the will of another.
    -2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.
    -छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.
    -ज a.
    1 stranger.
    -2 coming from a foe.
    -3 inferior.
    -जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.
    -जन्मन् n. a future birth.
    -जात a.
    1 born of another.
    -2 dependent on another for livelihood. (
    -तः) a servant.
    -जित a.
    1 conquered by another.
    -2 main- tained by another. (
    -तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.
    -तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).
    -तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.
    -तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.
    -तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.
    -दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.
    -दारिन् m. an adulterer.
    -दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.
    -देवता the Supreme Being.
    -देशः a hostile or foreign country.
    -देशिन् m. a foreigner.
    -द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.
    -धनम् another's property.
    -धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.
    -2 another's duty or business.
    -3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.
    -ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.
    -निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.
    -निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).
    -पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.
    -पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.
    -2 final beati- tude.
    -परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.
    -हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.
    -परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.
    -पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.
    -पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥
    -पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.
    -पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.
    -पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.
    -पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.
    -3 the hus- band of another woman.
    -पुष्ट a.
    1 fed or nourished by another.
    -2 Stranger. (
    -ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.
    -पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.
    -2 a parasitical plant.
    -3 a harlot, prostitute.
    -पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.
    -प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.
    -प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).
    -प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.
    -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).
    -भागः 1 another's share.
    -2 superior merit.
    -3 good fortune, prosperity.
    -4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.
    -5 the last part, remainder.
    -भाव a. loving another.
    -भावः the being second member in a compound.
    -भाषा a foreign tongue.
    -भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.
    -भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).
    -भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).
    -भृत a. nourished by another.
    -भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.
    -भतम् 1 another's opinion.
    -2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.
    -मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.
    -मृत्युः a crow.
    -रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.
    -लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.
    -वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.
    -वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.
    -वाणिः 1 a judge.
    -2 a year.
    -3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.
    -वादः 1 rumour, report.
    -2 Objection, controversy.
    -वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.
    -वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.
    -व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.
    -शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.
    -श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.
    -संगत a.
    1 asso- ciated with another.
    -2 fighting with another.
    -संज्ञकः the soul.
    -सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).
    -सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.
    -सेवा service of another.
    -स्त्री another's wife.
    -स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.
    -हन् a. killing enemies.
    -हित a.
    1 benevolent.
    -2 profitable to another.
    -तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > पर _para

  • 79 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 80 right

    I 1. [raɪt]
    1) U (side, direction) destra f., parte f. destra

    keep to the right — aut. tenere la destra, viaggiare a destra

    on o to your right alla vostra destra; take the second right — prenda la seconda a destra

    2) U + verbo sing. pol. (anche Right)
    3) U (morally) giusto m., bene m.
    4) (just claim) diritto m.

    to have a right to sth. — avere diritto a qcs.

    5) (in boxing) destro m.
    2.
    nome plurale rights
    1) comm. dir. diritti m.

    to have the sole rights to sth. — avere l'esclusiva o il diritto esclusivo su qcs

    ••

    by rights — di diritto, di regola

    to put sth. to rights — mettere a posto qcs., sistemare qcs

    II [raɪt]

    on my right hand — (position) alla o sulla mia destra

    2) (morally correct) giusto, onesto, leale; (fair) giusto, corretto, equo

    it is right and proper that... — è sacrosanto che...

    to do the right thing by sb. — fare il proprio dovere nei confronti di qcn

    3) (correct, true) [choice, direction] giusto; [ word] giusto, esatto, appropriato; (accurate) [ time] giusto, esatto, preciso

    to be right — [ person] avere ragione, essere nel giusto; [ answer] essere esatto o giusto

    that's right — benissimo, giusto

    am I right in thinking that...? — è vero che...?

    to get one's facts right — documentarsi o informarsi bene

    4) (most suitable) [clothes, equipment] giusto, adatto, appropriato; [ person] giusto, adatto
    5) (in good order) [ machine] in buone condizioni, in buono stato; (healthy) [ person] sano, in buone condizioni

    to put o set right rimediare a, correggere [ mistake]; riparare [ injustice]; sistemare, mettere a posto [ situation]; riparare [ machine]; to put o set one's watch right mettere a posto l'orologio; they gave him a month to put o set things right gli diedero un mese per sistemare le cose; to put o set sb. right — fare ricredere qcn

    7) mat. [ angle] retto

    at right angles to — ad angolo retto con, perpendicolare a

    8) BE colloq. (emphatic)
    9) BE colloq. (ready)
    ••

    right you are! — colloq.

    right-oh! — BE colloq. benissimo! d'accordo! senz'altro!

    III [raɪt]
    1) (of direction) a destra

    to turn right — girare o svoltare a destra

    they looked for him right, left and centre — colloq. lo cercarono ovunque o da tutte le parti o a destra e a sinistra

    they are arresting people right, left and centre — colloq. stanno arrestando la gente in massa

    2) (directly) direttamente, proprio

    I'll be right back — torno subito o immediatamente

    right before — proprio prima, appena prima

    right in the middle of the room — esattamente o proprio al centro della stanza

    right now — (immediately) subito, immediatamente; (at this point in time) al momento

    4) (correctly) bene, correttamente

    I guessed right — ho indovinato, ho visto giusto

    if I remember right — se ben ricordo, se non ricordo male

    5) (completely) completamente, del tutto

    he looked right through me — fig. fece finta di non vedermi

    we're right behind you! — fig. ti sosteniamo! ti siamo accanto in tutto e per tutto!

    7) (very well) molto bene

    right, let's have a look — benissimo, diamo un'occhiata

    ••

    right enough — colloq. certamente, innegabilmente, senza dubbio

    to see sb. right — (financially) non fare mancare niente a qcn.; (in other ways) togliere qcn. dai guai, cavare qcn. dagli impicci

    IV 1. [raɪt]
    1) (restore to upright position) raddrizzare, drizzare [ ship]
    2) (correct) riparare [ injustice]
    2.

    to right oneself — [ person] tirarsi su, mettersi in piedi

    to right itself — [ ship] raddrizzarsi, tornare diritto; [ situation] aggiustarsi, sistemarsi

    * * *
    1. adjective
    1) (on or related to the side of the body which in most people has the more skilful hand, or to the side of a person or thing which is toward the east when that person or thing is facing north (opposite to left): When I'm writing, I hold my pen in my right hand.) destro
    2) (correct: Put that book back in the right place; Is that the right answer to the question?) giusto, corretto
    3) (morally correct; good: It's not right to let thieves keep what they have stolen.) giusto
    4) (suitable; appropriate: He's not the right man for this job; When would be the right time to ask him?) adatto, giusto
    2. noun
    1) (something a person is, or ought to be, allowed to have, do etc: Everyone has the right to a fair trial; You must fight for your rights; You have no right to say that.) diritto
    2) (that which is correct or good: Who's in the right in this argument?) giusto
    3) (the right side, part or direction: Turn to the right; Take the second road on the right.) destra
    4) (in politics, the people, group, party or parties holding the more traditional beliefs etc.) destra
    3. adverb
    1) (exactly: He was standing right here.) proprio
    2) (immediately: I'll go right after lunch; I'll come right down.) subito
    3) (close: He was standing right beside me.) proprio
    4) (completely; all the way: The bullet went right through his arm.) completamente
    5) (to the right: Turn right.) a destra
    6) (correctly: Have I done that right?; I don't think this sum is going to turn out right.) bene, giusto
    4. verb
    1) (to bring back to the correct, usually upright, position: The boat tipped over, but righted itself again.) raddrizzare, raddrizzarsi
    2) (to put an end to and make up for something wrong that has been done: He's like a medieval knight, going about the country looking for wrongs to right.) rimediare
    5. interjection
    (I understand; I'll do what you say etc: `I want you to type some letters for me.' `Right, I'll do them now.') certo
    - righteously
    - righteousness
    - rightful
    - rightfully
    - rightly
    - rightness
    - righto
    - right-oh
    - rights
    - right angle
    - right-angled
    - right-hand
    - right-handed
    - right wing     6. adjective
    ((right-wing) (having opinions which are) of this sort.) di destra
    - by rights
    - by right
    - get
    - keep on the right side of
    - get right
    - go right
    - not in one's right mind
    - not quite right in the head
    - not right in the head
    - put right
    - put/set to rights
    - right away
    - right-hand man
    - right now
    - right of way
    - serve right
    * * *
    I 1. [raɪt]
    1) U (side, direction) destra f., parte f. destra

    keep to the right — aut. tenere la destra, viaggiare a destra

    on o to your right alla vostra destra; take the second right — prenda la seconda a destra

    2) U + verbo sing. pol. (anche Right)
    3) U (morally) giusto m., bene m.
    4) (just claim) diritto m.

    to have a right to sth. — avere diritto a qcs.

    5) (in boxing) destro m.
    2.
    nome plurale rights
    1) comm. dir. diritti m.

    to have the sole rights to sth. — avere l'esclusiva o il diritto esclusivo su qcs

    ••

    by rights — di diritto, di regola

    to put sth. to rights — mettere a posto qcs., sistemare qcs

    II [raɪt]

    on my right hand — (position) alla o sulla mia destra

    2) (morally correct) giusto, onesto, leale; (fair) giusto, corretto, equo

    it is right and proper that... — è sacrosanto che...

    to do the right thing by sb. — fare il proprio dovere nei confronti di qcn

    3) (correct, true) [choice, direction] giusto; [ word] giusto, esatto, appropriato; (accurate) [ time] giusto, esatto, preciso

    to be right — [ person] avere ragione, essere nel giusto; [ answer] essere esatto o giusto

    that's right — benissimo, giusto

    am I right in thinking that...? — è vero che...?

    to get one's facts right — documentarsi o informarsi bene

    4) (most suitable) [clothes, equipment] giusto, adatto, appropriato; [ person] giusto, adatto
    5) (in good order) [ machine] in buone condizioni, in buono stato; (healthy) [ person] sano, in buone condizioni

    to put o set right rimediare a, correggere [ mistake]; riparare [ injustice]; sistemare, mettere a posto [ situation]; riparare [ machine]; to put o set one's watch right mettere a posto l'orologio; they gave him a month to put o set things right gli diedero un mese per sistemare le cose; to put o set sb. right — fare ricredere qcn

    7) mat. [ angle] retto

    at right angles to — ad angolo retto con, perpendicolare a

    8) BE colloq. (emphatic)
    9) BE colloq. (ready)
    ••

    right you are! — colloq.

    right-oh! — BE colloq. benissimo! d'accordo! senz'altro!

    III [raɪt]
    1) (of direction) a destra

    to turn right — girare o svoltare a destra

    they looked for him right, left and centre — colloq. lo cercarono ovunque o da tutte le parti o a destra e a sinistra

    they are arresting people right, left and centre — colloq. stanno arrestando la gente in massa

    2) (directly) direttamente, proprio

    I'll be right back — torno subito o immediatamente

    right before — proprio prima, appena prima

    right in the middle of the room — esattamente o proprio al centro della stanza

    right now — (immediately) subito, immediatamente; (at this point in time) al momento

    4) (correctly) bene, correttamente

    I guessed right — ho indovinato, ho visto giusto

    if I remember right — se ben ricordo, se non ricordo male

    5) (completely) completamente, del tutto

    he looked right through me — fig. fece finta di non vedermi

    we're right behind you! — fig. ti sosteniamo! ti siamo accanto in tutto e per tutto!

    7) (very well) molto bene

    right, let's have a look — benissimo, diamo un'occhiata

    ••

    right enough — colloq. certamente, innegabilmente, senza dubbio

    to see sb. right — (financially) non fare mancare niente a qcn.; (in other ways) togliere qcn. dai guai, cavare qcn. dagli impicci

    IV 1. [raɪt]
    1) (restore to upright position) raddrizzare, drizzare [ ship]
    2) (correct) riparare [ injustice]
    2.

    to right oneself — [ person] tirarsi su, mettersi in piedi

    to right itself — [ ship] raddrizzarsi, tornare diritto; [ situation] aggiustarsi, sistemarsi

    English-Italian dictionary > right

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Body Snatchers — is a 1955 science fiction novel by Jack Finney, originally serialized in Colliers Magazine in 1954, which describes a town in Marin County, California, being invaded by seeds that have drifted to Earth from space. The seeds replace sleeping… …   Wikipedia

  • The Body Shop — Infobox Company company name = The Body Shop International plc company company type = Public limited company foundation = 26th March, 1976 founder = Dame Anita Roddick location city = Brighton, England location country = United Kingdom key people …   Wikipedia

  • The Tale of the Body Thief — infobox Book | name = The Tale of the Body Thief title orig = translator = image caption = author = Anne Rice illustrator = cover artist = country = language = English series = The Vampire Chronicles genre = Horror fiction publisher = Knopf pub… …   Wikipedia

  • The Body in the Library — Infobox Book | name = The Body in the Library title orig = translator = image caption = Dust jacket illustration of the US (true first) edition. See Publication history (below) for UK first edition jacket image. author = Agatha Christie… …   Wikipedia

  • The Body-Hat Syndrome — Infobox Album | Name = The Body Hat Syndrome Type = Album Artist = Digital Underground Released = October 5, 1993 Genre = West Coast Rap Length = 74:47 Label = Tommy Boy Producer = Digital Underground Reviews = *Allmusic Rating|3|5… …   Wikipedia

  • The Way Some People Die — infobox Book | name = The Way Some People Die title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of 1952 Pocket Book edition author = Ross Macdonald cover artist = country = United States language = English series = Lew Archer genre = Detective,… …   Wikipedia

  • Defence of the True and Catholic Doctrine of the Sacrament of the Body and Blood of Christ — The Defence of the True and Catholic Doctrine of the Sacrament of the Body and Blood of Christ is a book by Thomas Cranmer, Archbishop of Canterbury. It was published in July 1550, and was Cranmer s first full length book, but at his trial in… …   Wikipedia

  • Invasion of the Body Snatchers — Infobox Film name = Invasion of the Body Snatchers image size = caption = Theatrical poster director = Don Siegel producer = Walter Wanger writer = Novel: Jack Finney Screenplay: Daniel Mainwaring Uncredited: Richard Collins narrator = starring …   Wikipedia

  • Theology of the Body — is the topic of a series of 129 lectures given by Pope John Paul II during his Wednesday audiences in the Pope Paul VI Hall between September 1979 and November 1984. It was the first major teaching of his pontificate. The complete addresses were… …   Wikipedia

  • Invasion of the Body Snatchers (1978 film) — Infobox Film name = Invasion of the Body Snatchers caption = Promotional poster writer = Novel: Jack Finney Screenplay: W. D. Richter starring = Donald Sutherland Brooke Adams Jeff Goldblum Veronica Cartwright Leonard Nimoy Art Hindle director =… …   Wikipedia

  • Catholic theology of the body — is a review of historical positions and views on the role of the human body. Catholic Theology of the Body is based on the premise that the human body has its origin in God. It will be, like the body of Jesus, resurrected, transformed and taken… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»